rbpaa_Current_Folio

rbpaa_Current_Folio_10K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2014


☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from: to

Commission file number: 0-26366

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC.

(Exact name of the registrant as specified in its charter)


PENNSYLVANIA		23-2812193
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(IRS Employer identification No.)

732 Montgomery Avenue, Narberth, PA 19072

(Address of principal Executive Offices)

(610) 668-4700

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

N/A

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered Title of Each Class

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC Class A Common Stock ($2.00 par value)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered Title of Each Class

None Class B Common Stock ($0.10 par value)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

[ ] Yes [X] No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

[ ] Yes [X] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 of 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [ ]

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [ X ] No [ ]

Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes [ ] No [ X ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ___ Accelerated filer _ __ Non-accelerated filer ____ Small reporting company __X__

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes [ ] No [ X ]

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates is $32,974,020 based on the June 30, 2014 closing price of the Registrant’s Common Stock of $1.75 per share.

As of February 28, 2015, the Registrant had 27,816,866 and 1,931,692 shares outstanding of Class A and Class B common stock, respectively.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the following documents are incorporated by reference: the definitive Proxy Statement of the Registrant relating to Registrant’s Annual meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2015—Part III.

Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. (the “Company”) may include forward-looking statements relating to such matters as anticipated financial performance, business prospects, technological developments, new products, research and development activities and similar matters in this and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements. When we use words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates”, “could”, “may”, “plan”, or similar expressions, we are making forward-looking statements.

In order to comply with the terms of the safe harbor, the Company notes that a variety of factors could cause the Company’s actual results and experience to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the Company’s forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties that may affect the operations, performance development and results of the Company’s business include the following: general economic conditions, including their impact on capital expenditures; interest rate fluctuations; business conditions in the banking industry; the regulatory environment: the nature, extent, and timing of governmental actions and reforms; rapidly changing technology and evolving banking industry standards; competitive factors, including increased competition with community, regional and national financial institutions; new service and product offerings by competitors and price pressures and similar items.

All forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on information available as of the date of this report. These statements speak only as of the date of this report, even if subsequently made available by the Company on its website, or otherwise. The Company expressly disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect future statements to reflect future events or developments.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc.

Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. (the “Company”), is a Pennsylvania business corporation and a bank holding company registered under the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). The Company is supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”). The Company’s legal headquarters are located at 732 Montgomery Avenue, Narberth, Pennsylvania, 19072.

The principal activities of the Company are supervising Royal Bank America (“Royal Bank”) which engages in general banking business principally in Montgomery, Delaware, Chester, Bucks, Philadelphia and Berks counties in Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey, and Delaware. Royal Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (the “Department”). The Company also has a wholly-owned non-bank subsidiary, Royal Investments of Delaware, Inc., which is engaged in investment activities.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had consolidated total assets of approximately $732.6 million, total deposits of approximately $530.4 million and shareholders’ equity of approximately $62.2 million. The Company’s two Delaware trusts, Royal Bancshares Capital Trust I and Royal Bancshares Capital Trust II, are not consolidated per requirements under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, “Consolidation” (“ASC Topic 810”). The Company has two reportable operating segments, “Community Banking” and “Tax Liens”.

Regulatory Actions

FDIC and Department of Banking Memorandum of Understanding

During the fourth quarter of 2011, Royal Bank entered into an informal agreement, known as a memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with each of the FDIC and the Department. By letter dated February 3, 2015, the FDIC and the Department notified the Bank that, as a result of management meeting the requirements of the MOU, the MOU was terminated as of that date.

Table of Contents

Federal Reserve Memorandum of Understanding

As previously disclosed, in March 2010, the Company agreed to enter into a written agreement (the “Federal Reserve Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (the “Federal Reserve Bank”). Effective July 17, 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System terminated the enforcement action under the Federal Reserve Agreement, and it was replaced with an informal non-public agreement, an MOU, with the Federal Reserve Bank. Included in the MOU are certain continued reporting requirements and a requirement that the Company receive the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring or paying any dividends on the Company’s common stock, making interest payments related to the Company’s outstanding trust preferred securities or subordinate securities, incurring or guaranteeing certain debt with an original maturity date greater than one year, and purchasing or redeeming any shares of stock. The MOU will remain in effect until stayed, modified, terminated or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve Bank.

Royal Bank America

Royal Bank was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on July 30, 1963, was chartered by the Department, and commenced operation as a Pennsylvania state-chartered bank on October 22, 1963. Royal Bank is the successor of the Bank of King of Prussia, the principal ownership of which was acquired by the Tabas family in 1980. The deposits of Royal Bank are insured by the FDIC. Royal Bank’s subsidiaries include Royal Real Estate of Pennsylvania, Inc., Royal Investments America, LLC, RBA Property LLC, Narberth Property Acquisition LLC, Rio Marina LLC, and Royal Tax Lien Services, LLC (“RTL”). Royal Bank also has an 80% and 60% ownership interest in Crusader Servicing Corporation (“CSC”) and Royal Bank America Leasing, LP, respectively. Prior to December 31, 2013, Royal Bank’s ownership interest in CSC and RTL was 60%. Effective December 31, 2013, Royal Bank acquired the ownership interest of the former President of CSC and RTL.

Royal Bank derives its income principally from interest charged on loans and leases, interest earned on investment securities, and fees received in connection with the origination of loans and other services. Royal Bank’s principal expenses are interest expense on deposits and borrowings and operating expenses. Operating revenues, deposit growth, investment principal amortization payments, maturities and sale, loan and other real estate owned (“OREO”) sales and the repayment of outstanding loans provide the majority of funds for activities.

Royal Bank conducts business operations as a commercial bank offering traditional consumer and business deposit products and services (excluding trust) and commercial and consumer loans, including home equity and SBA loans. Fee income services such as a suite of cash management products, remote deposit capture, mobile deposits, and payroll and merchant services have been greatly improved or expanded. Services may be added or deleted from time to time. Royal Bank’s business and services are not subject to significant seasonal fluctuations.

Service Area: Royal Bank’s primary service area includes Pennsylvania, primarily Montgomery, Chester, Bucks, Delaware, Berks and Philadelphia counties, and central and southern New Jersey. This area includes residential areas and industrial and commercial businesses of the type usually found within a major metropolitan area. Royal Bank serves this area from thirteen retail branches located throughout Montgomery, Philadelphia, Delaware and Berks counties and Camden County, New Jersey. Royal Bank also considers New York, Maryland, and Delaware as a part of its service area for certain products and services. In the past, Royal Bank had frequently conducted business with clients located outside of its service area. Royal Bank has loans in 16 states via loan originations with service area borrowers and/or participations with other lenders who have broad experience in those respective markets. Royal Bank’s headquarters are located at 732 Montgomery Avenue, Narberth, Pennsylvania 19072.

Competition: The financial services industry in our service area is extremely competitive. Competitors within our service area include banks and bank holding companies with greater resources. Many competitors have substantially higher legal lending limits. In addition, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market and other mutual funds, brokerage firms, mortgage companies, leasing companies, finance companies and other financial services companies offer products and services similar to those offered by Royal Bank, on competitive terms.

Many bank holding companies have elected to become financial holding companies under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, such companies may provide a broader range of products and services with which Royal Bank must compete. Management believes this statute further narrowed the differences and intensified competition among commercial banks, investment banks, insurance firms and other financial services companies. The Company has not elected financial holding company status.

Table of Contents

Employees: Royal Bank employed approximately 117 persons on a full-time equivalent basis as of December 31, 2014.

Deposits: At December 31, 2014, total deposits of Royal Bank were distributed among demand deposits (15%), money market deposit, savings and NOW accounts (43%) and time deposits (42%). At year-end 2014, deposits increased $6.5 million to $538.2 million, from year-end 2013, or 1.2%, and reflected a change in the composition. Demand deposits grew $18.3 million, or 28.9%. Additionally, NOW and money market accounts and demand deposits increased $2.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively. Time deposits decreased $15.5 million primarily due to the intentional run-off of maturing CDs. Included in Royal Bank’s deposits are approximately $7.8 million of intercompany deposits that are eliminated through consolidation.

Lending: At December 31, 2014, Royal Bank had a total net loan portfolio of $403.4 million, representing 55.7% of total assets. The loan portfolio is categorized into commercial demand, commercial mortgages, residential mortgages (including home equity lines of credit), construction, tax lien certificates, small business leases and installment loans. At year-end 2014, net loans grew $49.2 million from year end 2013.

Non-Bank Subsidiaries

On June 30, 1995, the Company established a special purpose Delaware investment company, Royal Investment of Delaware (“RID”), as a wholly-owned subsidiary. RID’s legal headquarters is 1105 N. Market Street, Suite 1300, Wilmington, Delaware 19899. RID buys, holds and sells investment securities. At December 31, 2014, total assets of RID were $31.1 million, of which $3.7 million was held in cash and cash equivalents and $3.1 million was held in investment securities. RID had net interest income of $664,000 for 2014 and 2013. Non-interest income for 2014 and 2013 was $296,000 and $95,000, respectively, and was comprised of net gains on sale of investment securities. RID recorded net income of $901,000 for 2014 compared to $728,000 for 2013. Royal Bank has previously extended loans to RID, secured by securities and as per the provisions of Regulation W. At December 31, 2014, no loans were outstanding. The amounts above include the activity related to RID’s wholly-owned subsidiary Royal Preferred LLC.

The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Royal Bank, has an 80% ownership interest in CSC. CSC acquired, through auction, delinquent property tax certificates in various jurisdictions, assuming a lien position that is generally superior to any mortgage liens on the property, and obtaining certain foreclosure rights as defined by state law. Royal Bank and a majority of other CSC shareholders, voted to liquidate CSC under an orderly, long term plan adopted by CSC management. Effective December 31, 2013, Royal Bank reached a settlement with the former President of CSC in which he relinquished his 20% ownership of CSC to Royal Bank. CSC’s legal headquarters is located at 732 Montgomery Avenue, Narberth, Pennsylvania 19072. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, total assets of CSC were $4.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively. For 2014, CSC recorded net interest expense of $293,000 compared to $179,000 for 2013 due to the continued liquidation of CSC’s tax lien certificate portfolio. The 2014 provision for lien losses was $87,000 compared to $184,000 for 2013. For 2014 and 2013, non-interest income was $88,000 and $268,000, respectively. Non-interest income is mostly comprised of gains on sales of OREO and rental income. Non-interest expense was $539,000 and $590,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively. CSC recorded a net loss of $831,000 in 2014 compared to $686,000 in 2013.

On June 23, 2003, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Royal Bank, established Royal Investments America, LLC (“RIA”) as a wholly-owned subsidiary. RIA’s legal headquarters is located at 732 Montgomery Avenue, Narberth, Pennsylvania 19072. RIA was formed to invest in equity real estate ventures subject to limitations imposed by regulation. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, total assets of RIA were $5.9 million, which included $5.6 million and $5.4 million in cash, respectively. For 2014, RIA had a net loss of $45,000 compared to $10,000 for 2013. The 2014 net loss was directly impacted by a $41,000 other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI) charge on a private equity investment.

On October 27, 2004, the Company formed two Delaware trust affiliates, Royal Bancshares Capital Trust I and Royal Bancshares Capital Trust II, in connection with the sale of an aggregate of $25.0 million of trust preferred securities.

On July 25, 2005, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Royal Bank, formed Royal Bank America Leasing, LP (“Royal Leasing”). Royal Bank holds a 60% ownership interest in Royal Leasing. Royal Leasing’s legal headquarters is located at 550 Township Line Road, Blue Bell, Pennsylvania 19422. Royal Leasing was formed to originate small business financing leases. Royal Leasing originates the leases through its internal sales staff and through independent brokers located throughout its business area. In general, Royal Leasing will hold in its portfolio individual leases in amounts of up to $250,000. Leases originated in amounts in excess of that are sold to other leasing companies. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, total assets of Royal Leasing were $51.8 million and $42.3 million, respectively. For 2014 and 2013, Royal Leasing had net interest income of $2.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively. For 2014, the provision for lease losses was $956,000

Table of Contents

compared to $468,000 for 2013. The increase in the provision was primarily related to the growth in the leasing portfolio year over year. Total net leases were $51.7 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $42.1 million at December 31, 2013. Non-interest income for 2014 was $454,000 compared to $604,000 for 2013. Non-interest expense was $803,000 and $1.2 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively. Royal Leasing recorded net income, prior to management distribution fees, of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to a $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

On November 17, 2006, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Royal Bank, formed RTL to purchase and service delinquent tax certificates. RTL typically acquired delinquent property tax certificates through public auctions in various jurisdictions, assuming a lien position that is generally superior to any mortgage liens that are on the property, and obtaining certain foreclosure rights as defined by state law. RTL ceased acquiring tax certificates at public auctions in 2010. Royal Bank held a 60% ownership interest in RTL. Effective December 31, 2013, Royal Bank reached a settlement with the former President of RTL in which Royal Bank acquired his 40% ownership of RTL. RTL’s legal headquarters is located at 732 Montgomery Avenue, Narberth, Pennsylvania 19072. At December 31, 2014, total assets of RTL, of which the majority was held in tax certificates and OREO, were $15.2 million compared to $21.7 million at December 31, 2013. Tax certificates declined $5.2 million from $11.8 million at December 31, 2013 to $6.6 million at December 31, 2014. OREO was $5.2 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $4.1 million at December 31, 2013. For 2014, RTL had net interest income of $510,000 compared to $1.1 million for 2013 due to the reduction in average tax certificates outstanding over the past year. Provision for lien losses was $374,000 compared to $402,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively. Non-interest income, which was mostly comprised of net gains on the sale of OREO, was $807,000 for 2014 compared to $1.1 million for 2013. Non-interest expense was $1.5 million and $3.8 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively. The $2.3 million improvement in non-interest expense was mostly related to a $1.65 million loss contingency accrual that was recorded in 2013. The accrual was for a settlement of a class action lawsuit. See “Item 3 Legal Proceedings” of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding the lawsuit. RTL recorded a net loss of $596,000 for 2014 compared to $1.9 million for 2013.

On June 16, 2006, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary RID, established Royal Preferred LLC as a wholly-owned subsidiary. Royal Preferred LLC was formed to purchase a subordinated debenture from Royal Bank. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, Royal Preferred LLC had total assets of approximately $24.7 million and $24.1 million, respectively.

Website Access to Company Reports

We post publicly available reports required to be filed with the SEC on our website, www.royalbankamerica.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such reports with the SEC. The required reports are available free of charge through our website. Information available on our website is not part of or incorporated by reference into this Report or any other report filed by the Company with the SEC.

Products and Services with Reputation Risk

The Company offers a diverse range of financial and banking products and services. In the event one or more customers and/or governmental agencies become dissatisfied or object to any product or service offered by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether legally justified or not, the resulting negative publicity with respect to any such product or service could have an adverse impact on the Company’s reputation. The discontinuance of any product or service, whether or not any customer or governmental agency has challenged any such product or service, could have an unfavorable impact on the Company’s reputation.

Future Acquisitions

The Company’s acquisition strategy consists of identifying financial institutions and other financial companies with business philosophies that are similar to our business philosophies, which operate in strong markets that are geographically compatible with our operations, and which can be acquired at an acceptable cost. In evaluating acquisition opportunities, we generally consider potential revenue enhancements and operating efficiencies, asset quality, interest rate risk, and management capabilities. The Company currently has no formal commitments with respect to future acquisitions.

Concentrations, Seasonality

Table of Contents

The Company does not have any portion of its business dependent on a single or limited number of customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on its business. No substantial portion of loans or investments is concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries, but a significant majority of loans are secured by real estate. The business of the Company and its subsidiaries is not seasonal in nature.

Environmental Compliance

The Company and its subsidiaries’ compliance with federal, state and local environment protection laws had no material effect on their capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position in 2014, and is not expected to have a material effect on such expenditures, earnings or competitive position in 2015.

Supervision and Regulation

Bank holding companies and banks operate in a highly regulated environment and are regularly examined by federal and state regulatory authorities. The following discussion concerns various federal and state laws and regulations and the potential impact of such laws and regulation on the Company and its subsidiaries. To the extent that the following information describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions themselves. Proposals to change laws and regulations are frequently introduced in Congress, the state legislatures, and before the various bank regulatory agencies. The Company cannot determine the likelihood or timing of any such proposals or legislations or the impact they may have on the Company and its subsidiaries. A change in law, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the Company’s business.

Holding Company

The Company is subject to the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and of state securities commissions for matters relating to the offering and sale of its securities. Accordingly, if the Company wishes to issue additional shares of its Common Stock, in order, for example, to raise capital or to grant stock options, the Company will have to comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or find an applicable exemption from registration.

The Company is subject to the provisions of the BHCA and to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The BHCA requires the Company to secure the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of any corporation, including another bank. A bank holding company also is prohibited from engaging in or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any such company engaged in non-banking activities unless the Federal Reserve Board, by order or regulation, has found such activities to be closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In making this determination, the Federal Reserve Board considers whether the performance of these activities by a bank holding company would offer benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects.

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve Board and any additional information that the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the BHCA. The Federal Reserve Board may also make examinations of the Company and any or all of its subsidiaries. Further, under the BHCA and the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or provision of credit of any property or services. The so called “anti-tying” provisions state generally that a bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property or furnish any service to a customer on the condition that the customer obtain additional credit or services from the banks, its bank holding company or any other subsidiary of its bank holding company, or on the condition that the customer not obtain other credit or services from a competitor of the bank, its bank holding company or any subsidiary of its bank holding company. Subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act and by state banking laws on any extensions of credit to the bank holding company or any of the holding company’s subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or other securities of the bank holding company and on taking stock or securities of the bank holding company as collateral for loans to any borrower.

Under the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended, the (“Code”), the Company is permitted to control an unlimited number of banks. However, the Company would be required under the BHCA to obtain the prior approval of the Federal

Table of Contents

Reserve Board before it could acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or acquiring ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank other than Royal Bank, if, after such acquisition, the registrant would own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. A bank holding company located in Pennsylvania, another state, the District of Columbia or a territory or possession of the United States may control one or more banks, bank and trust companies, national banks, interstate banks and, with the prior written approval of the Department, may acquire control of a bank and trust company or a national bank located in Pennsylvania. A Pennsylvania-chartered institution may maintain a bank, branches in any other state, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States upon the written approval of the Department.

Federal law also prohibits the acquisition of control of a bank holding company without prior notice to certain federal bank regulators. Control is defined for this purpose as the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of a bank or bank holding company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company.

Royal Bank

The Department and the FDIC routinely examine Pennsylvania state-chartered, non-member banks such as Royal Bank in areas such as reserves, loans, investments, management practices, and other aspects of operations. These examinations are designed for the protection of depositors rather than the Company’s shareholders. The deposits of Royal Bank are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law.

In addition, Royal Bank is subject to a variety of state and federal laws that affect its operation. Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern, among other things, the scope of a bank’s business, the investments a bank may make, the reserves against deposits a bank must maintain, the types and terms of loans a bank may make and the collateral it may take, the activities of banks with respect to mergers and consolidations, and the establishment of branches.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIC Act”), the FDIC possesses the power to prohibit institutions regulated by it (such as Royal Bank) from engaging in any activity that would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or in violation of applicable law. Moreover, the FDIC Act: (i) empowers the FDIC to issue cease-and-desist or civil money penalty orders against Royal Bank or its executive officers, directors and/or principal shareholders based on violations of law or unsafe and unsound banking practices; (ii) authorizes the FDIC to remove executive officers who have participated in such violations or unsound practices; (iii) restricts lending by Royal Bank to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or related interests thereof; and (iv) restricts management personnel of a bank from serving as directors or in other management positions with certain depository institutions whose assets exceed a specified amount or which have an office within a specified geographic area. Additionally, the FDIC Act provides that no person may acquire control of Royal Bank unless the FDIC has been given 60-days prior written notice and within that time has not disapproved the acquisition or extended the period for disapproval.

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the FDIC uses a five-point rating scale to assign a numerical score for a bank’s performance in each of three areas: lending, service and investment. Under the CRA, the FDIC is required to: (i) assess the records of all financial institutions regulated by it to determine if these institutions are meeting the credit needs of the community (including low-and moderate-income neighborhoods) which they serve, and (ii) take this record into account in its evaluation of any application made by any such institutions for, among other things, approval of a branch or other deposit facility, office relocation, a merger or an acquisition of another bank. The CRA also requires the federal banking agencies to make public disclosures of their evaluation of each bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low-and moderate-income neighborhoods. This evaluation will include a descriptive rating (“outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance”) and a statement describing the basis for the rating.

The Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations also place certain limitations and reporting requirements on extensions of credit by a bank to principal shareholders of its parent holding company, among others, and to related interests of such principal shareholders. In addition, such legislation and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person who becomes a principal shareholder of a holding company may obtain credit from banks with which the subsidiary bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

From time to time, various types of federal and state legislation have been proposed that could result in additional regulation of, and restrictions on, the business of Royal Bank. It cannot be predicted whether any such legislation will be adopted or how such legislation would affect the business of Royal Bank. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial

Table of Contents

banking activities in the United States, Royal Bank’s business is particularly susceptible to being affected by federal legislation and regulations that may increase the costs of doing business.

Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), banks and other financial institutions are required to report to the Internal Revenue Service currency transactions of more than $10,000 or multiple transactions in any one day of which the banks are aware that exceed $10,000 in the aggregate. Civil and criminal penalties are provided under the BSA for failure to file a required report, for failure to supply information required by the BSA or for filing a false or fraudulent report.

Capital Requirements and Basel III: In order to minimize losses to the deposit insurance funds, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), established a format to monitor FDIC-insured institutions and to enable “prompt corrective action” by the appropriate federal supervisory agency if an institution begins to experience any difficulty. The FDICIA establishes five capital categories for insured depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations:

Well capitalized—equals or exceeds a 10% total risk-based capital ratio, 6% tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and 5% leverage ratio and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific level for any capital measure;

Adequately capitalized—equals or exceeds an 8 % total risk-based capital ratio, 4% tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and 4% leverage ratio;

Undercapitalized—total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, or a tier 1 risk-based ratio of less than 4%, or a leverage ratio of less than 4% (3% for institutions with a regulatory rating of 1 that do not evidence rapid growth or other heightened risk indicators);

Significantly undercapitalized—total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, or a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and

Critically undercapitalized—a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less than 2%.

An “undercapitalized” institution is one that fails to meet one or more of the required minimum capital levels for an adequately capitalized institution. An “undercapitalized institution” must file a capital restoration plan and is automatically subject to restrictions on dividends, management fees and asset growth. In addition, the institution is prohibited from making acquisitions, opening new branches, and engaging in new lines of business without the prior approval of its primary federal regulator and other restrictions may be imposed.

A “significantly undercapitalized” institution is subject to similar regulatory requirements and restrictions as an “undercapitalized institution. Additional regulatory directives include mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions.

A “critically undercapitalized” institution is prohibited from taking the following actions without the prior written approval of its primary federal supervisory agency: engaging in any material transactions other than in the usual course of business; extending credit for highly leveraged transactions; amending its charter or bylaws; making any material changes in accounting methods; engaging in certain transactions with affiliates; paying excessive compensation or bonuses; and paying interest on liabilities exceeding the prevailing rates in the institution’s market area. In addition, a “critically undercapitalized” institution is prohibited from paying interest or principal on its subordinated debt and is subject to being placed in conservatorship or receivership if its tangible equity capital level is not increased within certain mandated time frames.

The overall goal of these capital measures is to impose scrutiny and operational restrictions on banks as they descend the capital categories from well capitalized to critically undercapitalized. Federal bank regulators may set capital requirements for a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and the Financial Stability Board (“Basel Committee”), which was established by the Group of 20 (“G-20”) Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors to take action to strengthen regulation and supervision of the financial system with greater international consistency, cooperation and transparency, have both committed to raise capital standards and liquidity buffers within the banking system. In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee published the final reforms on capital and liquidity generally referred to as “Basel III”.

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted final rules with the aim to improve the quality and increase the quantity of capital for all banks as well as set higher standards for large internationally active banks. The agencies view the new capital requirements as a better reflection of banking organizations’ risk profiles, thereby improving the overall resiliency

Table of Contents

of the banking system. The rules generally implement higher minimum capital requirements, add a new common equity tier 1 capital requirement or “CET1”, and establish criteria that instruments must meet to be considered common equity tier 1 capital, additional tier 1 capital, or tier 2 capital. Basel III also introduces a non-risk adjusted tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity requirements. Under the new rules, in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions (including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers), a banking organization must hold a capital conservation buffer comprised of CET1 above its minimum risk-based capital requirements in an amount greater than 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets. The new minimum capital requirements became effective on January 1, 2015. The capital conservation buffer requirements phase in over a three-year period beginning January 1, 2016.

The following table shows the required capital ratios with the conservation buffer over the phase-in period.


	Basel III Community Banks
	Minimum Capital Ratio Requirements
	2015		2016		2017		2018		2019

Common equity tier 1 capital (CET1)	4.500	%	5.125	%	5.750	%	6.375	%	7.000	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)	6.000	%	6.625	%	7.250	%	7.875	%	8.500	%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	8.000	%	8.625	%	9.250	%	9.876	%	10.500	%
Tier I capital (to average assets, leverage)	4.000	%	4.000	%	4.000	%	4.000	%	6.500	%

The July 2013 final rules include three significant changes from earlier proposals: (i) the final rules do not change the current risk weighting for residential mortgage exposures; (ii) the final rules permit institutions, other than certain large institutions, to elect to continue to treat certain components of accumulated other comprehensive income as permitted under the current general risk-based capital rules, and not reflect unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities in common equity tier 1 calculations; and (iii) the final rules permit institutions with less than $15.0 billion in assets to grandfather certain non-qualifying capital instruments (including trust preferred securities) issued prior to May 19, 2009 into tier 1 capital. Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact the Company’s results of operations. The Company believes that, as of December 31, 2014, the Company and Royal Bank would meet the minimum capital adequacy requirements under the proposed rules on a fully phased-in basis if such requirements were currently effective.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010: On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted into law. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changes the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry and includes provisions that, among other things:

create the Financial Services Oversight Council to identify emerging systemic risks and improve interagency cooperation;

centralize the responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which will be responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws;

permanently raise the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000;

establish strengthened capital standards for banks, and disallowing trust preferred securities as qualifying as Tier 1 capital (subject to certain exceptions and grandfather provisions for existing trust preferred securities);

amend the Truth in Lending Act with respect to mortgage originations and establishing new minimum mortgage underwriting standards;

strengthen the SEC’s powers to regulate securities markets;

grant the Federal Reserve Board the power to regulate debit card interchange fees;

allow the FDIC to raise the ratio of reserves to deposits from 1.15% to 1.35% for deposit insurance purposes by December 31, 2020 and to offset the effect of increased assessments on insured depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion;

allow financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts; and

Table of Contents

implement provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation at all publicly traded companies.

Additionally the Dodd-Frank Act amended the BHCA to require the federal financial regulatory agencies to adopt rules that prohibit banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading in designated types of financial instruments and investing in covered funds. This statutory provision, commonly known as the “Volcker Rule,” defines covered funds as hedge funds or private equity funds. While the Federal Reserve Board issued the final rule on December 10, 2013, community banks have until July 21, 2015 to conform their activities and policies to the final rule. If a community bank were to retain an ownership interest in a covered fund that it organized and offered, the final rule places a number of limitations on those ownership interests. In particular, the community bank (including all its affiliates) must limit its total interest in each covered fund to no more than 3% of the ownership interests issued by the covered fund, and to no more than 3% of the value of the entire covered fund. In addition, the aggregate of all interests the community bank (together with its affiliates) has in all covered funds may not exceed 3 percent of the community bank’s tier 1 capital. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $3.5 million invested in private equity funds, of which $460,000 is invested by Royal Bank. Management believes that the Volker Rule will not have a material impact on the operations of the Company and/or Royal Bank.

Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on the Company’s and Royal Bank’s operations is presently unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

FDIC Insurance Assessments: Royal Bank is a member of the FDIC. The FDIC assigns each depository institution to one of several supervisory groups based on both capital adequacy and the FDIC's judgment of the institution's strength in light of supervisory evaluations, including examination reports, statistical analyses and other information relevant to measuring the risk posed by the institution. Each depositor is insured to at least $250,000.

The assessment base used to calculate insurance premiums is a bank’s average assets minus average tangible equity. The FDIC is required under the Dodd-Frank Act to establish assessment rates that will allow the Deposit Insurance Fund to achieve a reserve ratio of 1.35% of insured deposits by September 2020. In attempting to achieve the mandated 1.35% ratio, the FDIC implemented assessment formulas that charge banks over $10 billion in asset size more than banks under that size. Those new formulas do not affect Royal Bank. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC is authorized to make reimbursements from the insurance fund to banks if the reserve ratio exceeds 1.50%, but the FDIC has adopted the “designated reserve ratio” of 2.0%. In lieu of reimbursements, the FDIC has set lower base assessment rates if the reserve ratio for the prior assessment period is equal to or exceeds 2.0%.

In addition to deposit insurance, Royal Bank is also subject to assessments to pay the interest on Financing Corporation bonds. The Financing Corporation was created by Congress to issue bonds to finance the resolution of failed thrift institutions. Commercial banks and thrifts are subject to the same assessment for Financing Corporation bonds. The FDIC sets the Financing Corporation assessment rate every quarter. For the first quarter of 2015, the Financing Corporation’s assessment for Royal Bank (and all other banks), is an annual rate of $.0060 for each $100 of deposits. The Financing Corporation bonds are expected to be paid off between 2017 and 2019.

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008: The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was enacted on October 3, 2008. EESA was designed to enable the federal government, under terms and conditions developed by the Secretary of the Treasury, to insure troubled assets, including mortgage-backed securities, and collect premiums from participating financial institutions. EESA includes, among other provisions: (a) the $700 billion TARP, under which the Secretary of the Treasury was authorized to purchase, insure, hold, and sell a wide variety of financial instruments, particularly those that are based on or related to residential or commercial mortgages originated or issued on or before March 14, 2008; and (b) an increase in the amount of deposit insurance provided by the FDIC.

Under the TARP, Treasury authorized a voluntary Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) to purchase up to $250 billion of senior preferred shares of qualifying financial institutions that elected to participate by November 14, 2008. Companies participating in the TARP CPP were required to adopt certain standards relating to executive compensation. The terms of the TARP CPP also limit certain uses of capital by the issuer, including with respect to repurchases of securities and increases in dividends. On February 20, 2009, the Company issued to Treasury, 30,407 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase 1,104,370 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $30.4 million under the TARP CPP.

Table of Contents

In the second quarter of 2014, the Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank to bid up to $14.0 million to purchase shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in an auction of such shares to be conducted by the Treasury. The auction closed on June 19, 2014. The Series A Preferred Stock was priced in the auction at $1,207.11 per share for all 30,407 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. The Company was allocated 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for repurchase at the clearing price of $1,207.11. Closing for the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock by the Treasury, including the repurchase of 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock by the Company occurred, on July 2, 2014. As part of this redemption, the Company eliminated nearly $3.5 million in preferred dividend in arrears. The purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock was funded through the Company’s sale of 11,666,667 shares of its Class A common stock in a private placement transaction, organized by the Company and pre-approved by the Federal Reserve Bank, resulting in proceeds of approximately $14.0 million. The remaining 18,856 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock were purchased in the auction by investors unaffiliated with the Company in transactions directly with Treasury. (See “Note 15 – Shareholders’ Equity” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.)

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002: The primary aims of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) was to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. SOX addresses, among other matters, requirements for audit committee membership and responsibilities, requirements of management to evaluate the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting, including certification of financial statements and the effectiveness of internal controls by the primary executive officer and primary financial officer; established standards for auditors and regulation of audits, including independence provisions that restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; and expanded the disclosure requirements for our Company insiders; and increased various civil and criminal penalties for fraud and other violations of securities laws.

USA Patriot Act of 2001: A major focus of governmental policy in recent years that impacts financial institutions has been combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The Patriot Act broadened anti-money laundering regulations to apply to additional types of financial institutions and strengthened the ability of the U. S. Government to help prevent and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The potential impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds is significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act requires regulated financial institutions, among other things, to establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and auditing components, to take additional precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts, and to comply with regulations related to verifying client identification at account opening. The Patriot Act also provides rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. Failure of a financial institution to comply with the requirements of the Patriot Act could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. The Company has implemented systems and procedures to meet the requirements of the regulation and will continue to revise and update policies, procedures and necessary controls to reflect changes required by the Patriot Act.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999: The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”), also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act, repeals the two anti-affiliation provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act. GLBA establishes a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers. It revises and expands the framework of the Holding Company Act to permit a holding company to engage in a full range of financial activities through a new entity known as a financial holding company. “Financial activities” is broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance and securities activities, but also merchant banking and additional activities that the Federal Reserve Board, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities, or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.

In addition, GLBA provides a uniform framework for the functional regulation of the activities of banks, savings institutions and their holding companies; broadens the activities that may be conducted by national banks, banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies, and their financial subsidiaries; and adopts a number of provisions related to the capitalization, membership, corporate governance, and other measures designed to modernize the Federal Home Loan Bank system.

Privacy provision: GLBA provides an enhanced framework for protecting the privacy of consumer information. The FDIC and other banking regulatory agencies, as required under GLBA, have adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. Among other things, these provisions require banks and other financial institutions to have in place safeguards to ensure the security and

Table of Contents

confidentiality of customer records and information, to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records, and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to a customer. GLBA also requires financial institutions to provide customers at the outset of the relationship and annually thereafter written disclosures concerning the institution’s privacy policies.

GLBA also expressly preserves the ability of a state bank to retain all existing subsidiaries. Because Pennsylvania permits commercial banks chartered by the state to engage in any activity permissible for national banks, Royal Bank will be permitted to form subsidiaries to engage in the activities authorized by GLBA to the same extent as a national bank. In order to form a financial subsidiary, Royal Bank must be well-capitalized, and would be subject to the same capital deduction, risk management and affiliate transaction rules as applicable to national banks.

To the extent that GLBA permits banks, securities firms, and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. GLBA is intended to grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this act may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that the Company and Royal Bank face from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than the Company and Royal Bank.

Regulation W: Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under Sections 23A and 23B of Federal Reserve Act. The FDIC Act applies Sections 23A and 23B to insured nonmember banks in the same manner and to the same extent as if they were members of the Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board also issued Regulation W, which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance with respect to affiliate transactions. Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules but expands the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank. The Company is considered to be an affiliate of Royal Bank. In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank or its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:

To an amount equal to 10% of Royal Bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and

To an amount equal to 20% of Royal Bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates.

In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:

A loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;

A purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate;

A purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;

The acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and

This issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

In addition, under Regulation W:

A bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate;

Covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and

With some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit.

Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.

Table of Contents

Concurrently with the adoption of Regulation W, the Federal Reserve Board has proposed a regulation which would further limit the amount of loans that could be purchased by a bank from an affiliate to not more than 100% of Royal Bank’s capital and surplus.

Truth in Savings Act: The Truth in Savings Act (“Act”) was implemented in 1993. The purpose of this Act is to require the clear and uniform disclosure of the rates of interest that are payable on deposit accounts by Royal Bank and the fees that are assessable against deposit accounts, so that consumers can make a meaningful comparison between the competing claims of banks with regard to deposit accounts and products. This Act requires Royal Bank to include, in a clear and conspicuous manner, the following information with each periodic statement of a deposit account: (1) the annual percentage yield earned; (2) the amount of interest earned; (3) the amount of any fees and charges imposed; and (4) the number of days in the reporting period. This Act allows for civil lawsuits to be initiated by customers if Royal Bank violates any provision or regulation under this Act.

Real Estate Lending Guidelines: Pursuant to the FDICIA, the FDIC issued real estate lending guidelines that establish loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios for different types of real estate loans. A LTV ratio is generally defined as the total loan amount divided by the appraised value of the property at the time the loan is originated. If a bank does not hold a first lien position, the total loan amount would be combined with the amount of all senior liens when calculating the ratio. In addition to establishing the LTV ratios, the FDIC’s real estate guidelines require all real estate loans to be based upon proper loan documentation and a recent independent appraisal of the property.

The FDIC’s guidelines establish the following limits for LTV ratios:


Loan Category	LTV limit

Raw land	65	%
Land development	65	%
Construction:
Commercial, multifamily (includes condos and co-ops) and other nonresidential	80	%
Improved property	85	%
Owner occupied 1-4 family and home equity (without credit enhancements)	90	%

The guidelines provide exceptions to the LTV ratios for government-backed loans; loans facilitating the sale of real estate acquired by the lending institution in the normal course of business; loans where Royal Bank’s decision to lend is not based on the offer of real estate as collateral and such collateral is taken only out of an abundance of caution; and loans renewed, refinanced, or restructured by the original lender to the same borrower, without the advancement of new money. The regulation also allows institutions to make a limited amount of real estate loans that do not conform to the proposed LTV ratios. Under this exception, Royal Bank would be allowed to make real estate loans that do not conform to the LTV ratio limits, up to an amount not to exceed 100% of its total capital.

Other Legislation/Regulatory Requirements: Congress and the federal banking agencies routinely propose new regulations. The Company cannot predict how any new legislation, or new rules adopted by the federal banking agencies, may affect its business or the business of Royal Bank in the future.

Monetary Policy

The earnings of Royal Bank are affected by the policies of regulatory authorities including the Federal Reserve Board. An important function of the Federal Reserve System is to influence the money supply and interest rates. Among the instruments used to implement those objectives are open market operations in United States government securities, changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits and limitations on interest rates that member banks may pay on time and savings deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans and investments and deposits. Their use may also affect rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.

The policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board have had and will probably continue to have a significant effect on its reserve requirements, deposits, loans and investment growth, as well as the rate of interest earned and paid, and are

Table of Contents

expected to affect Royal Bank’s operations in the future. The effect of such policies and regulations upon the future business and earnings of Royal Bank cannot be predicted.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation can impact the country’s overall economy, which in turn can impact the business and revenues of the Company and its subsidiaries. Inflation has some impact on the Company’s operating costs. Unlike many industrial companies, however, substantially all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Company’s performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as prices of goods and services.

Available Information

Upon a shareholder’s written request, a copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-1, may be obtained without charge from our Chief Financial Officer, Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. 732 Montgomery Avenue, Narberth, Pennsylvania 19072 or on our website www.royalbankamerica.com.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves risks. Before making an investment decision, investors should carefully consider the risks described below in conjunction with the other information in this Report, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks or other risks, which have not been identified or which we may believe are immaterial or unlikely, actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. In such a case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors may lose all or part of their investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business may be impacted by the existence of the informal agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia.

Our success as a business is dependent upon pursuing various alternatives in achieving the growth and expansion of our banking franchise. We are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Our ability to raise capital could be potentially limited or impacted as a result of the informal agreement. Attracting new management talent is critical to the success of our business and could be potentially impacted due to the existence of the informal agreement.

Our business is subject to the success of the local economies and real estate markets in which we operate.

Our earnings are significantly generated from net interest income which is heavily reliant on the interest and fees we earn on loans. If prevailing economic conditions locally or nationally are unfavorable, our business may be adversely affected. Unfavorable economic conditions in our targeted market areas, specifically depressed or declining real estate values could affect the ability of customers to repay their loans, impede our growth, and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations through potential increases in credit losses. We are less able than a larger institution to spread the risks of unfavorable local economic conditions across broader and more diverse economies.

Our concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans is subject to unique risks that could adversely affect our earnings.

Our commercial real estate and construction and land development loan portfolio held for investment was $220.7 million at December 31, 2014 comprising 53% of total loans. Commercial real estate and construction and development loans are often riskier and tend to have significantly larger balances than home equity loans or residential mortgage loans to individuals. While we believe that the commercial real estate concentration risk is mitigated by diversification among the types and characteristics of real estate collateral properties, sound underwriting practices, and ongoing portfolio monitoring and market analysis, the repayments of these loans usually depends on the successful operation of a business or the sale of the underlying

Table of Contents

property. As a result, these loans are more likely to be unfavorably affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy in general. Commercial and industrial loans comprise 18% of the loan portfolio. These loans are collateralized by various business assets the value of which may decline during adverse market and economic conditions. Adverse conditions in the real estate market and the economy may result in increasing levels of loan charge-offs and non-performing assets and the reduction of earnings. When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related asset to the then fair market value of the collateral, which may ultimately result in a loss.

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for loan and lease defaults and non-performance. Our allowance for loan and lease losses is based on our historical loss experience as well as an evaluation of the risks associated with our loan portfolio, including the size and composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and geographic concentrations within the portfolio. Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan and lease losses and future provisions for loan and lease losses could materially and adversely affect our financial results.

Our future growth may require us to raise additional capital but, that capital may not always be available.

We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate capital levels to support our operations. We anticipate that our current capital will satisfy our regulatory requirements for the foreseeable future. However, in order to maintain our well-capitalized status and to support future growth we may need to raise capital. Our ability to raise additional capital will depend, in part, on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Basel III introduced new minimum capital requirements that became effective on January 1, 2015, with the capital conservation buffer requirements phased in over a three-year period beginning January 1, 2016. Additionally, the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding has a preferred cumulative dividend rate of 9% per annum and contains provisions which include restrictions on the payment of dividends on common stock and on repurchases of any shares of preferred stock ranking equal to or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock or common stock while the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding. These provisions may make it more difficult to raise additional capital on favorable terms while the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred stock were 18,856 and the dividend in arrears was $6.6 million, which has not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we may be unable to raise additional capital, or to raise capital on terms acceptable to us. In addition, if we decide to raise additional capital, the existing shareholders are subject to dilution and a potential capital raise could adversely impact the Company’s deferred tax asset. If we cannot raise additional capital when required, our ability to further expand operations through both internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired.

We may suffer losses in our loan portfolio despite our underwriting practices.

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices. These practices often include: analysis of a borrower’s credit history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections; valuation of collateral based on reports of independent appraisers; and verification of liquid assets. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are appropriate for the various kinds of loans we make, we may incur losses on loans that meet these criteria.

Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock have certain voting rights that may adversely affect our common shareholders, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may have interests different from our common shareholders.

For as long as shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of the shareholders required by law or our Articles of Incorporation, the vote or consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding is required for any authorization or issuance of shares ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock; any amendments to the rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect the rights, privileges, or voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock; or initiation and completion of any merger, share exchange or similar transaction unless the shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, or if we are not the surviving entity in such transaction, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving entity and the shares of Series A Preferred Stock remaining outstanding or such preference securities have the rights, preferences, privileges and voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Table of Contents

The holders of our Series A Preferred Stock may have different interests from the holders of our common stock, and could vote to block the forgoing transactions, even when considered desirable by, or in the best interests of the holders of our common stock.

Our ability to pay dividends depends primarily on dividends from our banking subsidiary, which are subject to regulatory limits. Additionally, we are subject to other dividend limitations.

We are a bank holding company and our operations are conducted by our direct and indirect subsidiaries, each of which is a separate and distinct legal entity. Substantially all of our assets are held by such subsidiaries; and our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of dividends from our direct and indirect subsidiaries. Royal Bank is our primary source of dividends. Dividend payments from Royal Bank are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on net profits and retained earnings, imposed by the various banking regulatory agencies. The ability of Royal Bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. At December 31, 2014, as a result of significant losses within Royal Bank from prior years, we had an accumulated deficit and therefore would not have been able to declare and pay any cash dividends. There is no assurance that our subsidiaries will be able to pay dividends in the future, or that we will generate adequate cash flow to pay dividends in the future.

We suspended regular quarterly cash dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock in August 2009 and, accordingly, are not permitted at this time to pay dividends on our Class A or Class B Common Stock. Additionally, under the terms of the informal agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank, we are prohibited from redeeming the Series A Preferred Stock or paying any dividends on shares of our stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Failure to pay dividends on our stock could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited.

As of December 31, 2014 the Company had a federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $60.1 million and state NOL carryforwards of $145.3 million, which are available to be carried forward to future tax years. The federal NOL carryforward will begin to expire in 2029 and the state NOLs will begin to expire in 2027 if not fully utilized.

The ability to use NOLs will be dependent on our ability to generate taxable income. The NOLs may expire before we generate sufficient taxable income. There were no NOLs that expired in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. There are $4.0 million in NOL carryovers from the acquisition of Knoblauch State Bank. Our ability to utilize these carryovers will expire in 2015.

We may not be able to fully recover our deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2014, the net deferred tax liability was approximately $308,000 compared to a net deferred tax asset balance of approximately $2.2 million at December 31, 2013.

We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability to determine whether it is more likely than not (i.e. likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized within its life cycle, based on the weight of available evidence. If management makes a determination based on the available evidence that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods a valuation allowance is calculated and recorded. These determinations are inherently subjective and dependent upon estimates and judgments concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence.

Based on the analysis of the available positive and negative evidence, we determined that a valuation allowance should be recorded as of December 31, 2014. The deferred tax asset valuation allowance was $39.1 million at December 31, 2014. The release of this valuation allowance would have a positive impact on future earnings. There can be no assurance as to when we could be in a position to recapture the benefits of our deferred tax asset.

Competition from other financial institutions may adversely affect our profitability.

We face substantial competition in originating commercial and consumer loans. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies and other lenders. Many of our competitors enjoy advantages,

Table of Contents

including greater financial resources and higher lending limits, a wider geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer a wider array of services or more favorable pricing alternatives, as well as lower origination and operating costs. This competition could reduce our net income by decreasing the number and size of loans that we originate and the interest rates we may charge on these loans.

In attracting business and consumer deposits, Royal Bank faces substantial competition from other insured depository institutions such as banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. Many of our competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources, more aggressive marketing campaigns, better brand recognition and more branch locations. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than we do, which could decrease the deposits that we attract or require us to increase our rates to retain existing deposits or attract new deposits. Increased deposit competition could adversely affect our ability to generate the funds necessary for lending operations. As a result, we may need to seek other sources of funds that may be more expensive to obtain and could increase our cost of funds.

The Company’s banking and non-banking subsidiaries also compete with non-bank providers of financial services, such as brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, insurance agencies, peer to peer lenders and governmental organizations which may offer more favorable terms. Some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern our banking operations. As a result, such non-bank competitors may have advantages over the Company’s banking and non-banking subsidiaries in providing certain products and services. This competition may reduce or limit our margins on banking and non-banking services, reduce our market share, and adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

Our ability to manage liquidity is always critical in our operation, but more so today given the uncertainty within the capital markets.

We monitor and manage our liquidity position on a regular basis to insure that adequate funds are in place to manage the day to day operations and to cover routine fluctuations in available funds. However, our funding decisions can be influenced by unplanned events. These unplanned events include, but are not limited to, the inability to fund asset growth, difficulty renewing or replacing funds that mature, the ability to maintain or draw down lines of credit with other financial institutions, significant customer withdrawals of deposits, and market disruptions. We have a liquidity contingency plan in the event liquidity falls below an acceptable level, however in today’s economic environment, we are not certain that those sources of liquid funds will be available in the future when required. As a result, loan growth may be curtailed to maintain adequate liquidity. Additionally, loans may need to be sold in the secondary market, investments may need to be sold or deposits may need to be raised at above market interest rates to maintain liquidity.

Negative publicity could damage our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results.

Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative publicity, is inherent in our business. Negative publicity can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, acquisitions, cyber-attacks, breach in security, and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative publicity can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract

customers and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with customers and other constituencies, as a larger diversified financial services company with a high industry profile, we are inherently exposed to this risk.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Difficult real estate market conditions and economic trends can adversely affect our industry and our business.

We have exposure to downturns in both the commercial and residential real estate markets. Dramatic declines in the housing market can lead to decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures. This negative market condition can adversely impact the credit performance of mortgage, consumer, commercial and construction loan portfolios, resulting in significant impairments of assets held by many financial institutions. General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and sustained unemployment may negatively impact the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in write-downs of real estate collateral supporting many loans. Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy may result in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each

Table of Contents

other. This type of market turmoil and tightening of credit can led to increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. Financial institutions can also experience decreased access to borrowings.

A decline in current economic conditions would likely put pressure on consumers and businesses and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. In particular, as the result of a deteriorating economy we may face the following risks:

We could face increased regulation of our industry. Compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to accurately estimate the losses inherent in our credit portfolio could be more complex.

We may be required to pay higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums because financial institution failures resulting from the depressed market conditions have depleted and may continue to deplete the deposit insurance fund and reduce its ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

Our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or the Federal Home Loan Bank on favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by disruptions in the capital markets or other events.

We may experience increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies.

We may experience difficulty in liquidating our OREO portfolio at favorable prices.

Our business is subject to interest rate risk, and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce profits. The primary source of our income is the differential or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. As prevailing interest rates change, net interest spreads are affected by the difference between the maturities and re-pricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. In addition, loan volume and yields are affected by market interest rates on loans, and rising interest rates generally are associated with a lower volume of loan originations. An increase in the general level of interest rates may also adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume, pre-payment speeds and overall profitability.

Recent and future governmental regulation and legislation could limit our future growth and adversely impact our results of operations.

As described under “Supervision and Regulation” we are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws may change from time to time and are primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors, and the deposit insurance fund. Any changes to these laws may negatively affect our ability to expand our services and to increase the value of our business. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on our business, these changes could be materially adverse to shareholders. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in

their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations.

Changes in consumers’ use of banks and changes in consumers’ spending and saving habits could adversely affect the Company’s financial results.

Technology and other changes now allow many consumers to complete financial transactions without using banks. For example, consumers can pay bills and transfer funds directly without going through a bank. This disintermediation could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and income generated from those deposits. In addition, changes in consumer spending and saving habits could adversely affect our operations, and we may be unable to timely develop competitive new products and services in response to these changes that are accepted by new and existing customers.

Table of Contents

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer-relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur; or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability; any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We face the risk of cyber-attack to our computer systems.

Our computer systems, software and networks have been and will continue to be vulnerable to unauthorized access, loss, or destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer viruses or other malicious code, cyber-attacks and other events. These threats may derive from human error, fraud, or malice on the part of employees or third parties, or may result from accidental technological failure. If one or more of these events occurs, it could result in the disclosure of confidential client information, damage to our reputation with our clients and the market, additional costs to us (such as repairing systems or adding new personnel or protection technologies), regulatory penalties and financial losses, to both us and our clients and customers. Such events could also cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations (such as the lack of availability of our online banking system), as well as the operations of our clients, customers or other third parties. Although we maintain safeguards to protect against these risks, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses in the future that may be material in amount.

Acts or threats of terrorism and political or military actions taken by the United States or other governments could adversely affect general economic or industry conditions.

Geopolitical conditions may also affect our earnings. Acts or threats or terrorism and political or military actions taken by the United States or other governments in response to terrorism, or similar activity, could adversely affect general economic or industry conditions.

Other Risks

Our directors, executive officers and principal shareholders own a significant portion of our common stock and can influence shareholder decisions.

Our directors, executive officers and principal shareholders, as a group, beneficially owned approximately 33% of our Class A common stock and 87% of our Class B common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2015. As a result of their ownership, the directors, executive officers and principal shareholders will have the ability, by voting their shares in concert, to influence the outcome of any matter submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of directors. The directors and executive officers may vote to cause the Company to take actions with which the other shareholders do not agree or that are not beneficial to all shareholders.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

At December 31, 2014, Royal Bank was headquartered and had a retail office at 732 Montgomery Avenue, Narberth, Pennsylvania. Royal Bank has twelve additional retail banking locations and administrative offices situated in Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Additionally, Royal Bank’s Customer Center, which includes a loan production office, is located in Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania. In 2014, all non-branch personnel were co-located at the Bala Cynwyd location. This move will enhance operating efficiency.

Royal Bank currently owns six of the branch properties. During 2013, the Company executed a real estate rationalization plan and sold four properties, which included two branch locations and recorded net gains of $2.5 million. The Company

Table of Contents

continued execution of the plan in 2014 and sold an additional branch property for a net gain of $107,000. During the second quarter of 2015, this branch will be relocated to a leased facility within the same market area of the existing location. Additionally, the Company opened a limited service office in Princeton, New Jersey due to our expanding commercial loan growth in the central New Jersey market area. The Company’s leased properties have lease expiration dates between 2015 and 2024. During 2014 and 2013, Royal Bank made aggregate lease payments of approximately $890,000 and $785,000, respectively. The Company believes that all of its properties are sufficiently insured, maintained and are adequate for Royal Bank’s purposes.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

As described under “Item 1 – Business” of this Report, prior to December 31, 2013, Royal Bank held a 60% equity interest in each of CSC and RTL. CSC and RTL acquired, through public auction, delinquent tax liens in various jurisdictions thereby assuming a superior lien position to most other lien holders, including mortgage lien holders. In 2012, the former President of CSC and RTL, CSC, RTL and the Company were named defendants, among others, in a Consolidated Master Class Action Complaint (the “Complaint”) filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey (“Court”) on behalf of a proposed class of taxpayers who became delinquent in paying their municipal tax obligations. The Complaint alleged a conspiracy to rig bids in municipal tax lien auctions.

During 2013, the Company, Royal Bank, CSC, and RTL reached a settlement agreement with plaintiffs to settle the litigation for $1.65 million and other terms and conditions, including an opportunity for members of the proposed settlement class whose tax liens are currently held by CSC or RTL to redeem those liens for a one-time cash payment equaling 85% of the redemption amount by making such payment within 35 days of the date of written notice. The proposed settlement class does not include, and therefore the offer to redeem does not apply to, tax liens acquired at 0% interest or at a premium. The settlement is subject to Court approval after notice and a hearing. Members of the proposed settlement class will have an opportunity to object to the proposed settlement or opt-out.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s Class A Common Stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol RBPAA. There is no market for the Company’s Class B Common Stock. The Class B shares may not be transferred in any manner except to the holder’s immediate family. Class B shares may be converted to Class A shares at the rate of 1.15 to 1.

The following table shows the range of high and low closing sale prices for the Company’s stock as reported by NASDAQ during each quarter of 2014 and 2013.


Closing Prices
2014		High		Low
First Quarter	$	3.30	$	1.35
Second Quarter		3.50		1.75
Third Quarter		2.20		1.44
Fourth Quarter		1.96		1.55

2013		High		Low
First Quarter	$	1.85	$	1.21
Second Quarter		1.54		1.20
Third Quarter		1.92		1.35
Fourth Quarter		1.75		1.34

Table of Contents

The approximate number of record holders of the Company’s Class A and Class B Common Stock, as of February 28, 2015, is shown below:


Title of Class			Number of record holders
Class A Common stock			242
Class B Common stock			115

Dividends

Subject to certain limitations imposed by law or the Company’s articles of incorporation, the Board of Directors of the Company may declare a dividend on shares of Class A or Class B Common Stock.

The Company did not pay cash dividends on its common stock in 2014 and 2013. Future dividends depend upon net income, capital requirements, and appropriate legal restrictions and other factors relevant at the time the Board of Directors of the Company considers dividend policy. Cash necessary to fund dividends available for dividend distributions to the shareholders of the Company must initially come primarily from dividends paid by its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including Royal Bank, to the Company.

Under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, the Company may pay dividends only if, after giving effect to the dividend payment, the total assets of the Company would exceed the total liabilities of the Company plus the amount necessary to satisfy preferential rights of holders of senior shareholders, and the Company is solvent and would not be rendered insolvent by the dividend payment. There are also restrictions set forth in the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 (the “Code”), and in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIC Act”) concerning the payment of dividends by Royal Bank. Under the Code, no dividends may be paid except from “accumulated net earnings” (generally retained earnings). Under the FDIC Act, no dividend may be paid if a bank is in arrears in the payment of any insurance assessment due to the FDIC. In addition, dividends paid by Royal Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause Royal Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. Therefore, the restrictions on Royal Bank’s dividend payments are directly applicable to the Company. See “Note 15 – Shareholder’s Equity” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report.

On August 13, 2009, the Company’s board of directors suspended the regular quarterly cash dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. The Company’s board of directors took this action in consultation with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia as required by regulatory policy guidance. As of December 31, 2014, the Series A Preferred stock dividend in arrears was $6.6 million and has not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. In the event the Company declared the preferred dividend the Company’s capital ratios would be negatively affected; however, they would remain above the required minimum ratios. In February 2014, the preferred cumulative dividend rate prospectively increased from 5% to 9% per annum.

Under the Federal Reserve Bank MOU as described under “Regulatory Actions” in “Item 1 – Business” of this Report, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

COMMON STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The performance graph shows cumulative investment returns to shareholders based on the assumption that an investment of $100 was made on December 31, 2009, (with all dividends reinvested), in each of the following:

Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. Class A common stock;

The stock of all United States companies trading on the NASDAQ Global Market;

Common stock of a 2014 Peer Group consisting of 21 banks headquartered in the Mid-Atlantic region, that trade on a major exchange and have total assets between $700 million and $1.5 billion; and

SNL Bank and Thrift Index.

Table of Contents


	Period Ending
Index	12/31/09	12/31/10	12/31/11	12/31/12	12/31/13	12/31/14
Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc.	100.00	107.69	96.15	92.30	106.15	123.85
NASDAQ Composite	100.00	118.15	117.22	138.02	193.47	222.16
SNL Bank and Thrift	100.00	111.64	86.81	116.57	159.61	178.18
RBPAA Peer Group Index*	100.00	113.78	100.13	125.15	164.15	170.70

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Table of Contents

The following selected consolidated financial and operating information for the Company should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes in Item 8 of this Report:


Statement of Operations Data	For the years ended December 31,
(In thousands, except share data)	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
Interest income	$	28,784	$	27,524	$	31,981	$	39,377	$	57,262
Interest expense		6,484		7,357		9,899		14,086		25,994
Net interest income		22,300		20,167		22,082		25,291		31,268
(Credit) provision for loan and lease losses		(867)		(872)		5,997		7,728		22,140
Net interest income after loan and lease losses		23,167		21,039		16,085		17,563		9,128
Non-interest income
Gain on sale of premises & equipment		107		2,524		-		-		-
Net gains on sales of other real estate owned		743		1,427		363		1,638		1,019
Service charges and fees		1,032		1,323		1,218		1,128		1,266
Gains on sale of loans and leases		232		686		2,057		337		666
Income from bank owned life insurance		512		539		553		391		379
Net gains on investment securities		377		158		1,030		1,782		1,290
Gains on sales related to real estate joint ventures		-		-		-		1,750		-
Income related to real estate owned via equity investments		-		-		-		478		564
Gain on sale of security claim		-		-		-		-		1,656
Gain on sale of premises & equipment related to real estate owned via equity investments		-		-		-		-		667
Other income		573		207		747		1,110		737
Total other than-temporary-impairment losses on investment securities		(41)		-		(2,359)		(1,796)		(566)
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)		-		-		-		-		87
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings		(41)		-		(2,359)		(1,796)		(479)
Total non-interest income		3,535		6,864		3,609		6,818		7,765
Non-interest expense
Salaries and benefits		10,164		10,276		11,576		11,013		11,626
Impairment related to OREO		524		1,517		6,741		5,522		7,374
Impairment related to real estate owned via equity investments		-		-		-		-		2,600
Expenses related to real estate owned via equity investments		-		-		-		-		529
Impairment related to real estate joint venture		-		-		-		-		1,552
Other expenses		11,176		14,537		18,007		15,534		17,062
Total non-interest expense		21,864		26,330		36,324		32,069		40,743
Income (loss) before tax expense		4,838		1,573		(16,630)		(7,688)		(23,850)
Income tax (benefit) expense		(654)		42		-		-		-
Net income (loss)	$	5,492	$	1,531	$	(16,630)	$	(7,688)	$	(23,850)
Less net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest		382		(578)		(1,005)		875		243
Net income (loss) attributable to Royal Bancshares		5,110		2,109		(15,625)		(8,563)		(24,093)
Less Series A Preferred stock accumulated dividend and accretion		2,078		2,075		2,038		2,003		1,970
Net income (loss) to common shareholders		3,032		34		(17,663)		(10,566)		(26,063)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.14	$	-	$	(1.33)	$	(0.80)	$	(1.97)

Table of Contents


Balance Sheet Data	For the years ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Total assets	$	732,553		$	732,254		$	769,455		$	844,187		$	976,365
Total average assets (1)		731,245			740,324			819,211			902,241			1,173,661
Loans, net		403,424			352,810			326,904			397,863			475,725
Total deposits		530,425			528,964			554,917			575,916			693,913
Total average deposits		522,428			527,452			573,233			621,709			791,026
Total borrowings (2)		118,200			133,655			134,107			173,774			180,723
Total average borrowings (2)		128,628			133,261			149,416			177,517			256,688
Total shareholders' equity (3)		62,219			47,534			53,568			71,098			79,246
Total average shareholders' equity (3)		56,498			50,533			67,794			76,337			99,048
Return on average assets		0.70	%		0.28	%		(1.91)	%		(0.95)	%		(2.05)	%
Return on average equity		9.04	%		4.17	%		(23.05)	%		(11.22)	%		(24.32)	%
Average equity to average assets		7.73	%		6.83	%		8.28	%		7.89	%		6.76	%
Royal Bank America-Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) (4)		16.44	%		16.49	%		17.57	%		17.02	%		15.54	%
Royal Bank America-Tier 1 capital (to average assets, leverage) (4)		10.52	%		9.73	%		9.45	%		10.48	%		9.24	%
Royal Bancshares-Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) (4)		19.20	%		18.09	%		19.33	%		18.82	%		17.21	%
Royal Bancshares-Tier 1 capital (to average assets, leverage) (4)		11.88	%		9.79	%		9.80	%		11.64	%		9.68	%
Non-performing assets to total assets (5)		2.67	%		2.70	%		4.53	%		7.08	%		7.42	%
Non-performing loans to total loans (5)		2.36	%		2.77	%		6.23	%		9.36	%		8.69	%

(1) Includes premises and equipment of VIE for 2010

(2) Includes obligations through VIE equity investments and subordinated debt for 2010.

(3) Excludes noncontrolling interest.

(4) Capital ratios are presented in accordance with GAAP. Refer to “Capital Adequacy” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Report.

(5) Excludes non-performing loans held for sale.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the related Notes in Item 8 of this Report.

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

In preparing the consolidated financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. These estimates and assumptions are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; therefore, actual results could differ from those estimates.

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the financial services industry. Critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates relate to other-than-temporary impairment losses on investment securities, allowance for loan and lease losses, the valuation of other real estate owned (“OREO”), the valuation of deferred tax assets, fair value measurements, net periodic pension costs and the pension benefit obligation. The policies which significantly affect the determination of the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows are summarized in “Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Polices” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and are discussed in the section captioned “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, included in Items 7 and 8 of this Report, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Table of Contents

Investment Securities

The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis. The Company assesses whether OTTI is present when the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost. All investment securities are evaluated for OTTI under FASB ASC Topic 320, “Investments-Debt & Equity Securities” (“ASC Topic 320”). Under ASC Topic 320, OTTI is considered to have occurred with respect to debt securities (1) if an entity intends to sell the security; (2) if it is more likely than not an entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of the expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. In addition, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell the security. If an entity intends to sell the security or will be required to sell the security, the OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the OTTI shall be separated into two amounts, the credit-related loss and the noncredit-related loss. The credit-related loss is based on the present value of the expected cash flows and is recognized in earnings.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses consists of the allowance for loan and lease losses (the “allowance”) and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio as of the statement of financial condition date and is recorded as a reduction to loans and leases. The reserve for unfunded lending commitments represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the Company’s unfunded loan commitments and is recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial condition. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan and lease losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. The Company considers that the determination of the allowance involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than its other significant accounting policies. The allowance is calculated with the objective of maintaining a reserve level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated credit losses.

The allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, the composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. While management uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance evaluations, adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance. In addition, the FDIC, as an integral part of its examination processes, periodically reviews our allowance for loan and lease losses. The FDIC may require the recognition of adjustments to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examinations. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan and lease losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods. See “Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.

Other Real Estate Owned

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Foreclosed real estate properties acquired through the tax certificate portfolio are transferred at the lower of cost or fair value principally due to uncertainty around the fair value of the foreclosed properties. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value less costs to sell. Third-party appraisals or agreements of sale are utilized to determine fair value of the loan collateral while BPOs, agreements of sale, or in some cases, third-party appraisals are utilized to value properties from the tax certificate portfolio. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other expenses. For fair value measurement, OREO is included in level 3 assets.

Deferred Tax Assets

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax effects of temporary differences, net operating loss carry forwards and tax credits. Deferred tax assets are subject to management’s judgment based upon available

Table of Contents

evidence that future realization is more likely than not. The Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income or shareholders' equity if management determines, based on all available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. These estimates and judgments are inherently subjective. In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results and our forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, assumptions are made for the amount of taxable income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates management uses to manage the Company’s business. At December 31, 2014, the DTA valuation allowance was $39.1 million compared to $37.2 million at December 31, 2013. In the future, the DTA valuation allowance may be reversed, depending on the Company’s financial position and results of operations in the future, among other factors, and, in such event, may be available to increase future net income. There can be no assurance, however, as to when the Company could be in a position to recapture the DTA valuation allowance.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets to determine fair value disclosures. Investment and mortgage-backed securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired loans, real estate owned and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC Topic 820”), establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation methods used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC Topic 820 are as follows:


Level 1:	Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2:	Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 includes debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently then exchange-traded instruments. Valuation techniques include matrix pricing which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices.

Level 3:	Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no market activity).

Under ASC Topic 820, the Company bases its fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It is our policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements, in accordance with the fair value hierarchy in FASB ASC Topic 820. Fair value measurements for assets where there exists limited or no observable market data and, therefore, are based primarily upon the Company’s or other third-party’s estimates, are often calculated based on the characteristics of the asset, the economic and competitive environment and other such factors. Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective period end and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each period-end. Additionally, changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results of current or future valuations.

Table of Contents

Benefit Plans

The Company has a noncontributory nonqualified defined benefit pension plan (“Pension Plan”) covering certain eligible employees. The Company’s Pension Plan provides retirement benefits under pension trust agreements. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation during the highest three consecutive years during the last 10 years of employment. The Company accounts for its pension in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 715 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” (“ASC Topic 715”). ASC Topic 715 requires the recognition of a plan’s over-funded or under-funded status as an asset or liability with an offsetting adjustment to AOCI. ASC Topic 715 requires the determination of the fair values of plans assets at a company’s year-end and recognition of actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations as a component of AOCI. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefits cost. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods that are not initially recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost will be recognized as a component of AOCI. Those amounts will subsequently be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost as they are amortized during future periods. Net pension expense consists of service costs and interest costs. The Company accrues pension costs as incurred. Benefit payments are expected to be made from insurance policies owned by the Company.

The Company has a capital accumulation and salary reduction plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under the plan, all employees are eligible to contribute up to the maximum allowed by Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regulation, with the Company matching 100% of any contribution between 1% and 5% subject to a $2,500 per employee annual limit. During 2014, the Company reinstated the 401(k) contribution and recorded a matching contribution expense of $148,000. For 2013, there was no matching contribution.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Note 1 - Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Results of Operations

Financial Highlights and Business Results

The Company’s results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets consist principally of loans and investment securities, while interest-bearing liabilities consist primarily of deposits and borrowings. Refer to the “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” section below for additional information on interest yield and cost. Net income is also affected by the provision for loan and lease losses and the level of non-interest income as well as by non-interest expenses, including salary and employee benefits, occupancy expenses and other operating expenses.

The financial results for 2014 illustrate the progress of the Company’s current multi-faceted strategic plan with the goal of sustainable earnings growth. A key strategic initiative in 2014 was to refresh Royal Bank’s commercial and consumer products and services and the branch network. During 2014, the Company reorganized the retail division to better serve existing customers, develop the retail sales teams, and attain new customer relationships. In addition, three branches were relocated to more visible, high-traffic locations within their markets. Additionally, the Company relocated the Fairmount branch to a state of the art customer convenience center in the Northern Liberties section of Philadelphia and opened a limited service office in Princeton, New Jersey to more effectively work with our commercial customers in central New Jersey. Customers now have access to 55,000 ATMs nationwide from a new arrangement. During 2014, seven highly experienced industry veterans joined the Company. These included two commercial relationship managers, three retail sales managers, the head of sales and product training and a new Chief Credit Officer. In January 2015, the Company introduced a new Chief Lending Officer. The collective experience of these employees spans community and regional banks. The hiring of these individuals was funded through the rightsizing of the organization and was fully integrated into the Company’s budget. During 2014, the Company introduced Royal Bank’s enhanced website and exciting fresh logo, which highlights our four key constituents: customers, shareholders, co-workers, and community. The redesigned products and contemporary technology are the future platform for enhanced banking convenience for commercial, consumer and retail customers. Overall positive financial results have benefited from our rebranding and the ability to attract and retain commercial and consumer customers.

Table of Contents

In late June 2014, the United States Department of Treasury auctioned all 30,407 shares of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, issued by the Company to Treasury in 2009 under the Troubled Asset Relief Program. The Company’s successful bid resulted in the repurchase of 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock by the Company on July 2, 2014 at the clearing price of $1,207.11 per share. The purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock was funded through the Company’s sale of 11,666,667 shares of its Class A common stock in a private placement transaction, organized by the Company and pre-approved by the Federal Reserve Bank, resulting in proceeds of approximately $14.0 million. The remaining 18,856 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock were purchased in the auction by investors unaffiliated with the Company in transactions directly with Treasury and carry an annual dividend rate of 9%.

A shareholder rights offering conducted by the Company for shares of its Class A common stock concluded on August 8, 2014. Royal issued approximately 5,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock in connection with the offering and received gross proceeds of approximately $6.0 million. As a result of the increased shares of Class A common stock related to the private placement and the shareholder rights offering, tangible common equity ratio improved to 5.9% at December 31, 2014 from 2.4% at December 31, 2013.

Net Income

Net income attributable to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014 amounted to $5.1 million, or $0.14 per diluted common share, compared to $2.1 million, or no earnings per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $3.0 million improvement in net income was mainly related to the following items:

Net interest income grew $2.1 million, or 11%.

OREO expenses and impairment decreased $1.8 million, or 66%.

Professional and legal fees decreased $756,000, or 26%.

Problem loan expenses declined $226,000, or 41% with non-performing loans now at 2.36% of total loans compared to 2.77% at December 31, 2013.

Additionally, in 2013, the Company reached an agreement in principle with plaintiffs to settle a class action lawsuit involving its tax lien subsidiaries. The Company’s 60% share of the loss contingency was $990,000, after adjusting for the non-controlling interest, and contributed to the year-over-year improvement in net income. Partially offsetting these positive items was a $2.4 million decrease in gains on sales of premises and equipment, as anticipated, and a $684,000 decline in net gains on sales of OREO. The Company's leasing subsidiary continued to positively contribute to the annual financial results.

Loans and leases held for investment at December 31, 2014 totaled $415.1 million, which represents an increase of $48.7 million, or 13.3%, from 2013. New business relationships continue to stimulate the growth and further diversification of the loan portfolio, which also improved the composition of interest earning assets. As part of the continued planned reduction of the tax lien portfolio, tax lien certificates declined $5.5 million, or 43.4%, from 2013. Investment securities declined $58.4 million, or 18.9%, from the level at December 31, 2013 due to the reinvestment of cash flows from sales, calls, and principal payments into loans. Cash and cash equivalents increased $13.9 million to $30.8 million at December 31, 2014. The increase in cash was primarily the result of sales of investment securities to fund loans and reduce extension risk in the investment portfolio.

Total deposits grew $1.4 million, or 0.3%, from $529.0 million at December 31, 2013 to $530.4 million at December 31, 2014. Though small, the increase in deposits reflects a positive change in the deposit mix with a $13.2 million increase in non-interest bearing deposits offset by a $15.6 million decline in higher cost certificates of deposit. NOW and money market accounts increased $2.7 million and savings accounts grew $1.1 million.

Total borrowings decreased $15.5 million. During the fourth quarter of 2014, to reduce future interest expense, the Company pre-paid $5.0 million of a $40.0 million borrowing, with a maturity date in January 2018, and incurred a prepayment penalty of $402,000.

Table of Contents

Interest Income

Total interest income of $28.8 million for 2014 grew $1.3 million, or 4.6%, from $27.5 million for 2013. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $1.4 million in the interest income earned on average investments. Average interest-earning assets were $685.7 million for 2014 compared to $690.3 million for 2013, resulting in a decline of $4.6 million, or 0.7%. Average loan balances of $383.6 million for 2014 increased $16.4 million, or 4.5%, year over year, but negatively impacted interest income by $170,000. Interest income from the tax certificates portfolio dropped $1.1 million and was directly related to a $8.7 million decline in average balances. Average investments of $292.2 million decreased $19.9 million, or 6.4%, from 2013 due to sales of investment securities to fund loan advances and principal payments received on the Company’s U.S. agency mortgage-backed (“MBS”) and collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) investment securities. Average loan and investment balances for 2013 were $367.2 million and $312.1 million, respectively.

For 2014, the yield on average interest-earning assets was 4.20% and increased 21 basis points from 3.99% for the comparable period of 2013. Despite the $19.9 million decline in average investments, the average yield on such investments grew 62 basis points (2.46% in 2014 versus 1.84% in 2013). This increase in the investment average yield resulted from a decrease in premium amortization due to a reduction in principal prepayments. While the average loan balances increased, the average yield on loans decreased 30 basis points (5.62% in 2014 versus 5.92% in 2013). The drop in loan yield reflected a decline in the higher yielding tax certificates coupled with lower rates on new loan originations.

Interest Expense

For 2014, total interest expense of $6.5 million decreased $873,000, or 11.9%, from $7.4 million for 2013. The decline in interest expense for 2014 was due to a $15.9 million, or 2.6%, decline in average interest-bearing liabilities year-over-year. Average interest-bearing deposits of $456.2 million declined $11.3 million, or 2.4%, and included a $10.8 million decrease in average time deposits from the intentional runoff of the higher priced maturing CDs. The decline in average time deposits contributed $447,000 towards the decrease in interest expense. Average borrowings declined $4.6 million, or 4.3%, to $102.9 million due to the maturity of a short-term FHLB advance, and was accompanied by a $269,000 decrease in interest expense. Interest expense related to subordinated debt declined $186,000 due to a $174,000 penalty incurred in 2013 when the interest payment in arrears on the trust preferred securities was paid. Average non-interest bearing demand deposits grew $6.2 million, or 10.4%. Average interest-bearing deposits and borrowings for 2013 were $467.5 million and $107.5 million, respectively.

The average interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities amounted to 1.11% for 2014 which represented a decline of 11 basis points from 1.22% for 2013. The average interest rate paid on interest-bearing deposits in 2014 amounted to 0.79%, which resulted in a decline of 7 basis points from 0.86% for 2013. Year-over-year lower average interest rates were paid on CDs (1.28% in 2014 versus 1.41% in 2013) and savings accounts (0.17% in 2014 versus 0.21% in 2013). The average rate paid on NOW and money market accounts slightly increased 2 basis points (0.31% in 2014 versus 0.29% in 2013). The average rate paid on average borrowings improved 16 basis points (2.19% for 2014 versus 2.35% for 2013) due to the refinancing of a maturing advance in 2013. Additionally, the average rate paid on subordinated debt declined 72 basis points due the penalty incurred in 2013 that was mentioned previously (2.42% in 2014 versus 3.14% in 2013).

Net Interest Income and Margin

Net interest income is the Company’s primary source of income. Its level is a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on assets and liabilities. In turn, these factors are influenced by the pricing and mix of the Company’s interest-earning assets and funding sources. Additionally, net interest income is affected by market and economic conditions, which influence rates on loan and deposit growth.

Net interest income for 2014 increased $2.1 million, or 10.6%, to $22.3 million from $20.2 million for 2013. The growth in 2014 was primarily attributed to an increase in the interest income earned on average investments, improvement in the mix of earning assets and a reduction in interest expense. Year-over-year average loans increased $16.4 million while average cash and investments declined $1.0 million and $19.9 million, respectively, primarily to fund the growth in loans. Despite the decline in average investments, the interest income on such investments grew $1.4 million due to higher yields on new purchases coupled with a decrease in premium amortization from a reduction in principal prepayments on MBS and CMO investment securities. Also contributing to the increase in net interest income was the $15.9 million decline in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the average interest rates paid on average interest-bearing deposits,

Table of Contents

which primarily were associated with the redemption of maturing retail CDs. Interest expense for average time deposits and average borrowings declined $447,000 and $269,000, respectively. The $8.7 million decline in the average balance on higher yielding tax certificates negatively impacted interest income by $1.1 million year-over-year.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the net interest margin was 3.25%, a 33 basis point increase from 2.92% for the same 2013 period. The 21 basis point increase in average interest-earning assets (4.20% in 2014 versus 3.99% in 2013) was accompanied by an 11 basis point decline in funding costs (1.11% in 2014 versus 1.22% in 2013). The 62 basis point increase in the investment average yield (2.46% in 2014 versus 1.84% in 2013) resulted from a decrease in premium amortization due to a reduction in principal prepayments. The 30 basis point decrease in average loan yield (5.62% in 2014 versus 5.92% in 2013) reflects an $8.7 million decline in higher yielding tax certificates and lower rates on new loan originations. Average interest rates paid on average interest-bearing deposits declined 7 basis points from 0.86% for 2013 to 0.79% for 2014. The Company continued to redeem maturing retail CDs or re-price the maturities at lower rates. Additionally, the average rates paid on average borrowings (2.19% in 2014 versus 2.35% in 2013) and subordinated debt (2.42% in 2014 versus 3.14% in 2013) decreased 16 and 72 basis points, respectively.

Table of Contents

Average Balances

The following table represents the average daily balances of assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity and the respective interest earned and paid on interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as average rates for the periods indicated:


	For the year ended						For the year ended						For the year ended
	December 31, 2014						December 31, 2013						December 31, 2012
(In thousands, except percentages)	Average Balance		Interest		Yield			Average Balance		Interest	Yield			Average Balance		Interest	Yield
Assets
Interest-earning deposits	$	9,897	$	22	0.22	%	$	10,941	$	26	0.24	%	$	22,551	$	38	0.17	%
Investment securities available for sale		292,208		7,191	2.46	%		312,127		5,757	1.84	%		344,862		6,677	1.94	%
Loans and leases (1)
Commercial demand loans		117,943		5,825	4.94	%		127,372		6,024	4.73	%		174,029		8,804	5.06	%
Real estate secured		217,660		11,622	5.34	%		199,705		12,261	6.14	%		168,079		13,143	7.82	%
Other loans and leases		47,979		4,124	8.60	%		40,142		3,456	8.61	%		42,332		3,319	7.84	%
Total loans		383,582		21,571	5.62	%		367,219		21,741	5.92	%		384,440		25,266	6.57	%
Total interest-earning assets		685,687		28,784	4.20	%		690,287		27,524	3.99	%		751,853		31,981	4.25	%
Non-earning assets
Cash and due from banks		10,409						8,768						9,632
Other assets		47,312						56,648						74,034
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(12,163)						(15,379)						(16,308)
Total non-earning assets		45,558						50,037						67,358
Total average assets	$	731,245					$	740,324					$	819,211
Interest-bearing deposits
NOW and money markets	$	208,688	$	653	0.31	%	$	210,077	$	617	0.29	%	$	224,602	$	1,317	0.59	%
Savings		18,765		31	0.17	%		17,802		38	0.21	%		17,006		67	0.39	%
Time deposits		228,754		2,920	1.28	%		239,584		3,367	1.41	%		275,959		4,514	1.64	%
Total interest bearing deposits		456,207		3,604	0.79	%		467,463		4,022	0.86	%		517,567		5,898	1.14	%
Borrowings		102,854		2,257	2.19	%		107,487		2,526	2.35	%		123,642		3,318	2.68	%
Subordinated debt		25,774		623	2.42	%		25,774		809	3.14	%		25,774		683	2.65	%
Total interest bearing liabilities		584,835		6,484	1.11	%		600,724		7,357	1.22	%		666,983		9,899	1.48	%
Non-interest bearing deposits		66,221						59,989						55,666
Other liabilities		23,691						29,078						28,768
Total average liabilities		674,747						689,791						751,417
Shareholders' equity		56,498						50,533						67,794
Total average liabilities and equity	$	731,245					$	740,324					$	819,211
Net interest income			$	22,300					$	20,167					$	22,082
Net interest margin					3.25	%					2.92	%					2.94	%

(1)

Non-accrual loans have been included in the appropriate average loan balance category, but interest on these loans has not been included.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a rate/volume analysis, which segregates in detail the major factors contributing to the change in net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, as compared to respective previous periods, into amounts attributable to both rate and volume variances.


	For the year ended						For the year ended
	December 31,						December 31,
	2014 vs. 2013						2013 vs. 2012
		Increase (decrease)						Increase (decrease)
(In thousands)	Volume		Rate		Total		Volume		Rate		Total
Interest income
Interest-bearing deposits	$	(2)	$	(2)	$	(4)	$	(27)	$	16	$	(11)
Total short term earning assets		(2)		(2)		(4)		(27)		16		(11)
Investments securities		(501)		1,935		1,434		(575)		(345)		(920)
Loans
Commercial demand loans		(458)		261		(197)		(2,193)		(218)		(2,411)
Commercial mortgages		289		(456)		(167)		2,160		(709)		1,451
Residential and home equity		779		(120)		659		378		(16)		362
Leases receivables		641		14		655		(14)		348		334
Tax certificates		(1,036)		(47)		(1,083)		(1,989)		(525)		(2,514)
Other loans		19		(7)		12		(86)		(23)		(109)
Loan fees		(49)		—		(49)		(639)		—		(639)
Total loans		185		(355)		(170)		(2,383)		(1,143)		(3,526)
Total (decrease) increase in interest income	$	(318)	$	1,578	$	1,260	$	(2,985)	$	(1,472)	$	(4,457)
Interest expense
Deposits
NOW and money market	$	(4)	$	40	$	36	$	(81)	$	(620)	$	(701)
Savings		2		(9)		(7)		3		(32)		(29)
Time deposits		(148)		(299)		(447)		(556)		(590)		(1,146)
Total deposits		(150)		(268)		(418)		(634)		(1,242)		(1,876)
Borrowings
Borrowings		(106)		(163)		(269)		(406)		(386)		(792)
Subordinated debentures		—		(186)		(186)		—		126		126
Total borrowings		(106)		(349)		(455)		(406)		(260)		(666)
Total decrease in interest expense	$	(256)	$	(617)	$	(873)	$	(1,040)	$	(1,502)	$	(2,542)
Total (decrease) increase in net interest income	$	(62)	$	2,195	$	2,133	$	(1,945)	$	30	$	(1,915)

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Due to the improved credit quality of the loan portfolio, the Company recorded a credit to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $867,000 in 2014. The credit to the allowance for loan and lease losses was $872,000 for 2013. The Company recorded $1.1 million in net charge-offs in 2014, which were primarily related to specific reserves. Net charge-offs in 2013 were $2.7 million and also were primarily related to specific reserves. While net charge-offs have declined, growth in the loan portfolio may require provisions to the allowance for loan and lease losses in future periods.

Total Non-interest Income

Non-interest income includes service charges on depositors’ accounts and fees for various services such as wire transfers, cash management and debit card processing. In addition, other forms of non-interest income are derived from changes in the cash value of bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”). Most components of non-interest income are a modest and stable source of income, with exceptions of one-time gains and losses from the sale of investment securities, OREO, loans, and premises and equipment. From period to period these sources of income may vary considerably. Service charges on depositors’ accounts and other fees are periodically reviewed by management to remain competitive with other local banks.

Table of Contents

For 2014, total non-interest income amounted to $3.5 million and declined $3.4 million from $6.9 million for 2013. In 2013, the Company recorded $2.5 million in gains on the strategic sale of four Company-owned buildings. There were limited gains on the sale of premises and equipment, as anticipated, of $107,000 in 2014. Additionally net gains on sales of OREO declined $684,000 from $1.4 million in 2013 to $743,000 in 2014. The Company recorded an OTTI charge of $41,000 related to a private equity investment. There were no OTTI charges in 2013.

Total Non-interest Expense

Non-interest expense declined $4.5 million, or 17.0%, from $26.3 million for 2013 to $21.9 million for 2014. Contributing to the improvement in non-interest expense was a decrease of $1.8 million, or 65.6%, in OREO expenses and impairment ($959,000 in 2014 versus $2.8 million in 2013), a decline of $756,000, or 25.6%, in professional and legal fees ($2.2 million in 2014 versus $3.0 million in 2013), and a decrease of $226,000, or 40.6%, in problem loan expenses ($331,000 in 2014 versus $557,000 in 2013). Credit related expenses, such as OREO and loan collection expenses are directly affected by the Company’s level of classified and non-performing assets. During 2014, classified and impaired loans declined $8.4 million, or 31.8%, due to pay downs, payoffs and upgrades. At December 31, 2014, non-performing loans and non-performing assets were $9.8 million and $19.6 million, respectively compared to $10.2 million and $19.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. Professional and legal fees declined as a result of the resolution of certain legal matters. Additionally, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $361,000 as a result of a 2013 Profitability Improvement Plan.

In 2013, the Company reached an agreement in principle with plaintiffs to settle a class action lawsuit involving its tax lien subsidiaries and recorded a $1.65 million loss contingency accrual. After adjusting for the noncontrolling interest, the Company’s 60% share of the loss contingency amounted to $990,000, and it contributed to the year-over-year improvement in net income.

Accounting for Income Tax Expense

In 2014, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $654,000 compared to tax expense of $42,000 for 2013. In 2014 the Company received a federal tax refund of $654,000 due to an amended tax return. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, after weighing all available positive and negative evidence, management concluded there was uncertainty as to whether or not the deferred tax asset would be fully realized. During 2014 and 2013, the Company had valuation allowances on deferred tax assets which were a result of the net operating losses and the portion of the future tax benefit that more likely than not will not be utilized in the future. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets totaled $39.1 million and $37.2 million, respectively.

The Company’s effective tax rate is the provision for federal income taxes expressed as a percentage of income or loss before federal income taxes. The effective tax rate for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0%. In general our effective tax rate is different from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the establishment of a valuation allowance which was $39.1 million as of December 31, 2014.

Results of Operations by Business Segments

Under FASB ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” (“ASC Topic 280”), management of the Company has identified two reportable operating segments, “Community Banking” and “Tax Liens”. Operating segments are components of an enterprise, which are evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate and assess resources and performance. The Company’s chief operating decision makers are the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).

Table of Contents

Community Bank segment: At December 31, 2014, the Community Bank segment had total assets of $712.5 million, an increase of $6.5 million, or 0.9%, from $706.0 million at December 31, 2013. Total deposits increased $1.5 million, or 0.3%, from $529.0 million at December 31, 2013 to $530.4 million at December 31, 2014. Net interest income for 2014 was $22.1 million compared to $19.2 million for 2013 representing an increase of $2.9 million, or 15.0%. The improvement in net interest income was primarily attributed to an increase in the interest income earned on average investments, improvement in the mix of earning assets and a reduction in interest expense. The credit to the allowance for loan and lease losses was $1.3 million in 2014 compared to $1.5 million for 2013 as a result of the improved credit quality of the loan portfolio. For 2014, total non-interest income was $2.6 million compared to $5.5 million for 2013. The decline was mostly attributed to $2.5 million in gains on the sale of Company owned real estate realized in 2013 along with a reduction of $169,000 in the net gains on the sale of OREO. For 2014 and 2013, total non-interest expense was $19.8 million and $21.9 million, respectively. OREO expenses and impairment and professional and legal fees declined $1.6 million and $200,000, respectively. Net income for 2014 was $6.4 million compared to $3.7 million for 2013.

Tax Liens segment: At December 31, 2014, the Tax Liens segment had total assets of $20.1 million compared to $26.2 million at December 31, 2013 representing a decrease of $6.2 million, or 23.6%. Net interest income decreased $752,000, or 77.6%, from $969,000 in 2013 to $217,000 in 2014. The provision for lien losses decreased $126,000 from $587,000 in 2013 to $461,000 in 2014. The improvement in the 2014 provision was mostly related to the declining portfolio balance. Total non-interest income was $896,000 million in 2014 compared to $1.4 million in 2013. Non-interest income is derived mostly from the gains on sale of OREO property. Total non-interest expense decreased $2.3 million from $4.4 million for 2013 to $2.1 million for 2014. In 2013, the Tax Lien segment recorded a $1.65 million loss contingency accrual for a settlement of a class action law suit. Salaries and benefits declined $233,000 due to the outsourcing of the portfolio management to an unrelated third party in 2013. Additionally, professional and legal fees decreased $269,000. Net loss in the tax liens segment was $1.3 million in 2014 compared to $1.6 million for 2013.

Financial Condition

Total assets slightly increased $299,000 to $732.6 million at December 31, 2014 from $732.3 million at year-end 2013.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and cash in interest bearing and non-interest bearing accounts in banks. Cash and cash equivalents grew $14.0 million from $16.8 million at December 31, 2013 to $30.8 million at December 31, 2014. The average balance of cash and cash equivalents was approximately $20.3 million for 2014 versus $19.7 million for 2013. The majority of this average balance was held in interest-bearing accounts with other financial institutions which were paying a higher interest rate than federal funds. The excess cash is invested daily in money market funds. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was mainly associated with the sale of investment securities and an increase in demand deposits.

Investment Securities Available for Sale (“AFS”): AFS investment securities represented 42.6% of average interest earning assets during 2014 and consisted of government secured agency bonds, government secured mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), municipal bonds, domestic corporate debt, and third party managed equity funds. At December 31, 2014, AFS investment securities were $250.4 million as compared to $308.7 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $58.4 million. The reduction was partially due to the reinvestment of cash flows from principal payments and calls into loans.

Loans: The Company’s primary earning assets are loans, representing approximately 55.9% of average interest-earning assets during 2014. The loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial demand loans and commercial mortgages secured by real estate, leases, and to a significantly lesser extent, tax liens and residential loans comprised of one to four family residential and home equity loans. During 2014, total loans held for investment grew $48.6 million from $366.5 million at December 31, 2013 to $415.1 million at December 31, 2014. The growth was attributed to new loan originations partially offset by balances being paid down, payoffs, charge-offs, and transfers to OREO.

Commercial real estate and construction and land development loans make up a significant portion of our loan portfolio and represented 53.2% of total loans at December 31, 2014 compared to 52.8% of total loans at December 31, 2013. Management believes our current allowance for loan and lease losses is adequate at December 31, 2014 to cover losses arising from these loan categories as well as all others within the portfolio. We continue to monitor these loans as part of our loan review process to evaluate the impact these loans will have on our allowance.

Table of Contents

Allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”): The Company’s loan and lease portfolio (the “credit portfolio”) is subject to varying degrees of credit risk. The Company maintains an allowance to absorb losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is based on the review and evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio, along with ongoing, quarterly assessments of the probable losses inherent in that portfolio. The allowance represents an estimation made pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies” (“ASC Topic 450”) or FASB ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” (“ASC Topic 310”). The adequacy of the allowance is determined through evaluation of the credit portfolio, and involves consideration of a number of factors, as outlined below, to establish a prudent level.

Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective and requires significant estimates, including estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans and leases based on historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends, which may be susceptible to significant change. Loans and leases deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance, while recoveries are credited to the allowance. Management adjusts the level of the allowance through the provision for loan and lease losses, which is recorded as a current period expense. The Company’s systematic methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes: (1) general reserves reflecting historical loss rates by loan type, (2) specific reserves for risk-rated credits based on probable losses on an individual or portfolio basis and (3) qualitative reserves based upon current economic conditions and other risk factors.

The loan portfolio is stratified into loan classifications that have similar risk characteristics. The general allowance is based upon historical loss rates using a weighted three-year rolling average of the historical loss experienced within each loan classification. The qualitative factors used to adjust the historical loss experience address various risk characteristics of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio include evaluating: (1) trends in delinquencies and other non-performing loans, (2) changes in the risk profile related to large loans in the portfolio, (3) changes in the growth trends of categories of loans comprising the loan and lease portfolio, (4) concentrations of loans and leases to specific industry segments, and (5) changes in economic conditions on both a local and national level, (6) quality of loan review and board oversight, (7) changes in lending policies and procedures, and (8) changes in lending staff. Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation. Adjustments to the factors are supported through documentation of changes in conditions in a report accompanying the allowance calculation.

The specific reserves are determined utilizing standards required under ASC Topic 310. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that interest and principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Non-accrual loans and loans restructured under a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) are evaluated for impairment on an individual basis considering all known relevant factors that may affect loan collectability such as the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment record, support available from financial guarantors and the sufficiency of current collateral values (current appraisals or rent rolls for income producing properties), and risks inherent in different kinds of lending (such as source of repayment, quality of borrower and concentration of credit quality). Non-accrual loans that experience insignificant payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral. The Company obtains third-party appraisals to establish the fair value of real estate collateral. Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value. The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property. For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable aging or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Once a loan is determined to be impaired it will be deducted from the portfolio balance and the net remaining balance will be used in the general and qualitative analysis. A specific reserve is established for an impaired loan for the amount that the carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.

The amount of the allowance is reviewed and approved by the Chief Lending Officer (“CLO”), Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), Chief Credit Officer (“CCO”) and the Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) on at least a quarterly basis. Management

Table of Contents

believes that the allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2014 is adequate. However, its determination requires significant judgment, and estimates of probable losses inherent in the credit portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed. While management uses available information to recognize probable losses, future changes to the allowance may be necessary. These changes could be based in the credits comprising the portfolio and changes in the financial condition of borrowers, as the result of changes in economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the credit portfolio and the allowance. Such review may result in additional provisions based on their judgment of information available at the time of each examination.

Analysis of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:


	For the years ended
	December 31,
(In thousands)	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010

Total Loans	$	415,132		$	366,481		$	344,165		$	414,243		$	496,854
Daily average loan balance	$	383,582		$	367,219		$	384,440		$	475,047		$	643,450

Allowance for loan and lease losses:
Balance at period beginning	$	13,671		$	17,261		$	16,380		$	21,129		$	30,331
Charge-offs
Commercial real estate		(354)			(1,684)			(1,313)			(1,685)			(7,352)
Construction and land development		(172)			(820)			(2,452)			(5,755)			(13,413)
Commercial and industrial		(452)			(383)			(586)			(2,901)			(5,930)
Multi-family		—			—			(542)			(328)			(787)
Residential real estate		—			(46)			(111)			(635)			(731)
Residential real estate-mezzanine		—			—			—			—			(2,480)
Leases		(793)			(382)			(465)			(868)			(972)
Tax certificates		(350)			(578)			(802)			(1,039)			(49)
Total charge-offs		(2,121)			(3,893)			(6,271)			(13,211)			(31,714)
Recoveries
Commercial real estate		—			600			3			357			684
Construction and land development		940			297			816			196			116
Commercial and industrial		27			17			67			22			81
Multi-family		—			—			—			—			18
Residential real estate		15			158			208			153			313
Leases		42			29			32			6			51
Tax certificates		1			74			29			—			—
Consumer		—			—			—			—			37
Total recoveries		1,025			1,175			1,155			734			1,300
Net charge offs		(1,096)			(2,718)			(5,116)			(12,477)			(30,414)
Credit for loan and lease losses		(867)			(872)			5,997			7,728			22,140
Allowance related to disposed assets		—			—			—			—			(928)
Balance at end of year	$	11,708		$	13,671		$	17,261		$	16,380		$	21,129
Net charge-offs to average loans		(0.29)	%		(0.74)	%		(1.33)	%		(2.63)	%		(4.73)	%
Allowance to total loans at year-end		2.82	%		3.73	%		5.02	%		3.95	%		4.25	%

Table of Contents

Analysis of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses by Loan Type:


		As of December 31,
		2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
(In thousands, except percentages)		Reserve Amount	Percent of outstanding loans in each category to total loans		Reserve Amount	Percent of outstanding loans in each category to total loans		Reserve Amount	Percent of outstanding loans in each category to total loans		Reserve Amount	Percent of outstanding loans in each category to total loans		Reserve Amount	Percent of outstanding loans in each category to total loans
Commercial real estate	$	4,452	42.2%	$	5,498	40.5%	$	8,750	48.5%	$	7,744	44.0%	$	9,534	39.0%
Construction and land development		2,292	11.0%		2,316	12.3%		2,987	10.8%		2,523	13.0%		3,976	16.0%
Commercial and industrial		1,780	18.4%		3,006	21.7%		1,924	11.8%		2,331	13.1%		3,797	14.9%
Multi-family		285	3.3%		402	3.2%		654	3.4%		531	2.8%		652	2.1%
Residential real estate		616	10.4%		473	7.0%		1,098	7.3%		1,188	6.4%		1,106	5.9%
Leases		1,429	12.4%		1,223	11.6%		1,108	10.8%		1,311	8.7%		1,670	7.8%
Tax certificates		667	1.7%		555	3.5%		472	7.1%		425	11.8%		380	14.1%
Consumer		38	0.6%		15	0.2%		29	0.3%		20	0.2%		12	0.2%
Unallocated		149	0.0%		183	0.0%		239	0.0%		307	0.0%		2	0.0%
Total	$	11,708	100.0%	$	13,671	100.0%	$	17,261	100.0%	$	16,380	100.0%	$	21,129	100.0%

Due to the continued improvement in the credit quality of the loan portfolio, the Company recorded a credit to the allowance of $867,000 and $872,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company recorded $1.1 million in net charge-offs in 2014 compared to $2.7 million 2013 and were primarily related to specific reserves. Commercial real estate, commercial, and construction and land development loans represented 37.5%, 25.7%, and 6.5%, respectively, of the total $9.8 million in non-accrual loans at December 31, 2014. Total charge-offs recorded in 2014 related to construction and land development loans and commercial real estate loans were $526,000, or 24.8%, of total charge-offs in 2014.

The Company recorded a credit to the allowance of $872,000 in 2013 compared to a provision for loan and lease losses of $6.0 million for 2012. During 2013, non-accrual loans decreased $11.3 million, or 52.6%, from 2012. Commercial, construction and land development, and commercial real estate loans represented 35.7%, 26.1%, and 22.9%, respectively, of the total $10.2 million in non-accrual loans at December 31, 2013. Total charge-offs recorded in 2013 related to construction and land development loans and commercial real estate loans were $2.5 million, or 64.3%, of total charge-offs in 2013.

Deposits: The Company’s deposits are an important source of funding. Total deposits of $530.4 million at December 31, 2014 increased $1.4 million, or 0.3%, from $529.0 million at December 31, 2013. Non-interest checking accounts grew $13.2 million, or 21.8%, to $73.7 million at December 31, 2014 from $60.5 million at December 31, 2013. NOW and money market accounts improved $2.6 million while savings accounts increased $1.1 million. Time deposit accounts of $225.3 million at December 31, 2014 decreased $15.5 million, or 6.5%, from $240.8 million at December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of the Company electing to partially run off the higher cost deposits.

FHLB Borrowings: Borrowings consist of long-term borrowings (advances) and short-term borrowings (overnight borrowings, advances). Total FHLB borrowings were $55.0 million and $65.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The maturity dates of the FHLB borrowings range from 2015 through 2018. The weighted average rate on the outstanding FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2014 was 1.36%.

Other Borrowings: The Company has a note payable with PNC Bank (“PNC”) at December 31, 2014 in the amount of $2.4 million with a maturity date of August 25, 2016. The note payable balance at December 31, 2013 was $2.9 million. The interest rate is a variable rate using a rate index of one month LIBOR + 15 basis points and adjusts monthly. The interest rate at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0.31%. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had other borrowings of $35.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively, from PNC which will mature on January 7, 2018. These borrowings are secured by government agencies and mortgaged-backed securities and have a weighted average interest rate of 3.65%. During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company pre-paid $5.0 million in principal to reduce future interest expense. Although a prepayment penalty of $402,000 was incurred, the transaction benefited the Company because the interest rate on the borrowing was 3.60%, significantly higher than current market rates. As of December 31, 2014, investment securities with a market value of $43.4 million were pledged as collateral to secure all $37.4 million in borrowings with PNC.

Table of Contents

Subordinated Debentures: The Company has outstanding $25.0 million of trust preferred securities which have a maturity date of October 2034. The interest rate resets quarterly at 3-month LIBOR plus 2.15% and was 2.39% at December 31, 2014. On August 13, 2009, the Company’s Board suspended the interest payments on the trust preferred securities. Under the Federal Reserve MOU as described in “Note 2 – Regulatory Matters and Significant Risks or Uncertainties” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries may not make any distributions of interest, principal, or other sums on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank to pay the $3.1 million interest payment in arrears on the trust preferred securities. On September 16, 2013, the Company became current on the trust preferred interest payments which included an interest penalty of $174,000. The Company has received regulatory approval and has paid all subsequent quarterly interest payments.

Other Liabilities: At December 31, 2014, other liabilities of $20.6 million decreased $269,000 from December 31, 2013. This was principally due to a decline in accrued expenses.

Shareholders’ Equity: Shareholders’ equity attributable to the Company grew $14.7 million, or 30.9%, from $47.5 million at December 31, 2013 to $62.2 million at December 31, 2014. The increase was related to $6.0 million raised in a shareholder rights offering through the issuance of Class A common stock; an increase of $3.6 million in other comprehensive income mostly related to improvement in the valuation of the investment portfolio and net income of $5.1 million for 2014.

The Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank to bid up to $14.0 million to purchase shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock in an auction of such shares to be conducted by the Treasury. The auction closed on June 19, 2014. The Series A Preferred Stock was priced in the auction at $1,207.11 per share for all 30,407 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. The Company was allocated 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for repurchase at the clearing price of $1,207.11. Closing for the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock by Treasury, including the repurchase of 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock by the Company, occurred on July 2, 2014. As part of this redemption, the Company eliminated nearly $3.5 million in preferred dividend in arrears.

To fund the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock, described above, the Company sold 11,666,667 shares of its Class A common stock in a private placement transaction at a price of $1.20 per share. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2014, the Company conducted a shareholder rights offering to all existing shareholders to increase liquidity at the holding company and to limit their ownership dilution from the sale of Class A common stock to the other investors in the private placement. The Company issued approximately 5.0 million shares and received gross proceeds of approximately $6.0 million. The private placement and the shareholders rights offering combined to increase tangible common equity by nearly $17.6 million.

Asset Liability Management

The primary functions of asset-liability management are to ensure adequate liquidity and maintain an appropriate balance between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. This process is overseen by the Asset-Liability Committee (“ALCO”) which monitors and controls, among other variables, the liquidity, balance sheet structure and interest rate risk of the consolidated company within policy parameters established and outlined in the ALCO Policy which are reviewed by the Board of Directors at least annually. Additionally, the ALCO committee meets periodically and reports on liquidity and interest rate sensitivity and projects financial performance in various interest rate scenarios.

Liquidity: Liquidity is the ability to ensure that adequate funds will be available to meet the Company’s financial commitments as they become due. In managing its liquidity position, all sources of funds are evaluated, the largest of which is deposits. Also taken into consideration are securities maturing in one year or less, other short-term investments and the repayment of loans. These sources provide alternatives to meet the Company’s short-term liquidity needs. Longer liquidity needs may be met by issuing longer-term deposits and by raising additional capital. The liquidity ratios are specifically defined as the ratio of net cash, available FHLB and other lines of credit, and unpledged marketable securities relative to both total deposits and total liabilities. These sources provide the financial institution with alternatives to meet its short-term liquidity needs. Longer-term liquidity needs may be met by issuing longer-term deposits and by raising additional capital.

The Company generally targets liquidity ratios equal to or greater than 12% and 10% of total deposits and total liabilities, respectively. At December 31, 2014, liquidity as a percent of deposits was 67% and liquidity as a percent of total liabilities

Table of Contents

was 53%. At December 31, 2013, liquidity as a percent of deposits was 72% and liquidity as a percent of total liabilities was 56%. Management believes that the Company’s liquidity position continues to be adequate and meets or exceeds the liquidity target set forth in the Asset/Liability Management Policy. Management believes that due to its financial position, it will be able to raise deposits as needed to meet liquidity demands. However, any financial institution could have unmet liquidity demands at any time.

Our funding decisions can be influenced by unplanned events, which include, but are not limited to, the inability to fund asset growth, difficulty renewing or replacing funds that mature, the ability to maintain or draw down lines of credit with other financial institutions, significant customer withdrawals of deposits, and market disruptions. The Company has a liquidity contingency plan in the event liquidity falls below an acceptable level, however in today’s economic environment, events could arise that may render sources of liquid funds unavailable in the future when required. The Company’s ALCO meets monthly to monitor liquidity management.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments: The following table sets forth contractual obligations and other commitments representing required and potential cash outflows as of December 31, 2014.


		As of December 31, 2014
(In thousands)		Total		Less than one year		One to three years		Four to five years		More than five years
FHLB borrowings	$	55,000	$	10,000	$	35,000	$	10,000	$	-
Operating leases		7,219		1,145		2,275		1,750		2,049
PNC Bank		37,426		-		2,426		35,000		-
Benefit obligations		10,778		977		2,030		2,043		5,728
Standby letters of credit		371		371		-		-		-
Subordinated debt		25,774		-		-		-		25,774
Non-interest bearing deposits		73,665		73,665		-		-		-
Interest bearing deposits		231,460		101,274		130,186		-		-
Time deposits		225,300		127,060		72,885		12,008		13,347
Total	$	666,993	$	314,492	$	244,802	$	60,801	$	46,898

Capital Adequacy

In connection with a prior bank regulatory examination, the FDIC concluded, based upon its interpretation of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (the “Call Report”) instructions and under regulatory accounting principles (“RAP”), that income from Royal Bank’s tax lien business should be recognized on a cash basis, not an accrual basis. Royal Bank’s current accrual method is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Royal Bank disagrees with the FDIC’s conclusion and filed the Call Report for December 31, 2014 and the previous 17 quarters in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The change in the method of revenue recognition for the tax lien business for regulatory accounting purposes affects Royal Bank’s capital ratios as shown below. The resolution of this matter will be decided by additional joint regulatory agency guidance which includes the Federal Reserve Bank, the FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”).

The table below sets forth Royal Bank’s capital ratios under RAP, based on the FDIC’s interpretation of the Call Report instructions:


	As of December 31,
	2014		2013

Total risk based capital ratio	15.89	%	15.61	%
Tier 1 risk based capital ratio	14.62	%	14.34	%
Leverage ratio	10.12	%	9.13	%

Table of Contents

The tables below reflect the adjustments to the net loss as well as the capital ratios under U.S. GAAP:


	For the year ended		For the year ended
(In thousands)	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
RAP net income (loss)	$	1,924	$	(139)
Tax lien adjustment, net of noncontrolling interest		3,170		2,844
U.S. GAAP net income	$	5,094	$	2,705


	At December 31, 2014				At December 31, 2013
	As reported		As adjusted		As reported		As adjusted
	under RAP		for U.S. GAAP		under RAP		for U.S. GAAP
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	15.89	%	16.44	%	15.61	%	16.49	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)	14.62	%	15.17	%	14.34	%	15.22	%
Tier I capital (to average assets, leverage)	10.12	%	10.52	%	9.13	%	9.73	%

The tables below reflect the Company’s capital ratios and the Company’s performance ratios:


	As of December 31,
	2014		2013

Total risk based capital ratio	19.20	%	18.09	%
Tier 1 risk based capital ratio	17.27	%	15.31	%
Leverage ratio	11.88	%	9.79	%


Capital performance
Return on average assets	0.70	%	0.28	%
Return on average equity	9.04	%	4.17	%

The Company has filed the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies-FR Y-9C (“FR Y-9C”) as of December 31, 2014 consistent with U.S. GAAP and the FR Y-9C instructions. In the event that a similar adjustment for RAP purposes would be required by the Federal Reserve on the holding company level, the adjusted ratios are shown in the table below.


	For the year ended		For the year ended
(In thousands)	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
U.S. GAAP net income	$	5,110	$	2,109
Tax lien adjustment, net of noncontrolling interest		(3,170)		(2,844)
RAP net income (loss)	$	1,940	$	(735)


	At December 31, 2014				At December 31, 2013
	As reported under U.S. GAAP		As adjusted for RAP		As reported under U.S. GAAP		As adjusted for RAP
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	19.20	%	18.67	%	18.09	%	17.24	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)	17.27	%	16.74	%	15.31	%	14.10	%
Tier I capital (to average assets, leverage)	11.88	%	11.49	%	9.79	%	8.98	%

The capital ratios set forth above compare favorably to the minimum required amounts of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets and the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio, as defined by the banking regulators. At December 31, 2014, the Company met the regulatory minimum capital requirements, and management believes that, under current regulations, the Company will continue to meet its minimum capital requirements in the foreseeable future. Royal Bank met the criteria for a well-capitalized institution which is a leverage ratio of 5%, a Tier 1 ratio of 8%, and a total capital ratio of 10%.

Table of Contents

Management Options to Purchase Securities

The 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan was approved by shareholders at the 2007 Annual Meeting. All employees and non-employee directors of the Company and its designated subsidiaries are eligible participants. The plan includes 1,000,000 shares of Class A common stock (of which 250,000 shares may be issued as restricted stock), subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, or approximately 9.0% of total outstanding shares of the Class A common stock. As of December 31, 2014, options to purchase 258,572 shares from this plan have been granted. The option price is equal to the fair market value at the date of the grant. The options are exercisable based on the vesting schedule of the specific grant and begin one year after the date of grant. The options must be exercised within ten years of the grant. At December 31, 2014, 130,709 of the options that have been granted are outstanding. The restricted stock is granted with an estimated fair value equal to the market value of the Company closing stock price on the date of the grant. Restricted stock will vest three years from the grant date, if the Company achieves specific goals set by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board of Directors. These goals include a three year average return on assets compared to peers, a three year average return on equity compared to peers and a minimum return on both assets and equity over the three year period.

The Company had a non-qualified outside directors’ stock option plan and a non-qualified employee stock option and appreciation right plan. The ability to grant new options under these two plans expired. At December 31, 2014, 12,724 of the options that have been granted under the outside directors’ stock option plan are outstanding and exercisable and 35,612 of the options that have been granted under the employee stock option plan are outstanding and exercisable.

Loans and Lease Financing Receivables

The Company originates loans primarily in the greater Philadelphia metropolitan area as well as selected locations throughout the Mid-Atlantic region. The Company also has participated with other financial institutions in selected construction and land development loans outside these geographic areas. The Company has a concentration of credit risk in commercial real estate and construction and land development loans at December 31, 2014.

The loans receivable portfolio is segmented into commercial loans, construction and development loans, residential loans, leases, tax certificates, and consumer loans. The commercial loan segment consists of the following classes: commercial real estate loans, multi-family real estate loans, and other commercial loans, which are also generally known as commercial and industrial loans or commercial business loans. The construction and development loan segment consists of the following classes: residential construction and commercial construction loans. Residential construction loans are made for the acquisition of and/or construction on a lot or lots on which a residential dwelling is to be built. Commercial construction loans are made for the purpose of acquiring, developing and/or constructing a commercial structure. The residential loan segment consists of the following classes: one- to four-family first lien residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, and home equity loans. The Company classifies its leases as finance leases, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 840, “Leases”. The difference between the Company’s gross investment in the lease and the cost or carrying amount of the leased property, if different, is recorded as unearned income, which is amortized to income over the lease term by the interest method. The tax certificate segment includes delinquent property tax certificates that have been acquired through public auctions in various jurisdictions. The tax certificates assume a lien position that is generally superior to any mortgage liens that are on the property and have certain foreclosure rights as defined by state law. The tax certificates are predominantly in New Jersey. The Company ceased acquiring new tax certificates in 2010. Consumer loans includes cash secured and unsecured loans and lines of credit. The Company classifies its leases as finance leases, in accordance to FASB ASC Topic 840, “Leases”. The difference between the Company’s gross investment in the lease and the cost or carrying amount of the leased property, if different, is recorded as unearned income, which is amortized to income over the lease term by the interest method.

Commercial Loans: The commercial real estate loan portfolio consists primarily of loans secured by office buildings, retail and industrial use buildings, strip shopping centers, mixed-use and other properties used for commercial purposes primarily located in our market area. Although terms for commercial real estate and multi-family loans vary, the underwriting standards generally allow for terms up to 10 years with the interest rate being reset in the sixth year and with monthly amortization not greater than 25 years and loan-to-value ratios of not more than 80%. Interest rates are either fixed or adjustable and are based upon the prime rate or a borrowing rate from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh plus a margin. Prepayment fees are charged on most loans in the event of early repayment. Generally, the personal guarantees of the principals are obtained as additional collateral for commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans.

Table of Contents

Commercial and multi-family real estate loans generally present a higher level of risk than loans secured by one- to four-family residences. This greater risk is due to several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effect of general economic conditions on income producing properties and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project. If the cash flow from the project is reduced (for example, if leases are not obtained or renewed, a bankruptcy court modifies a lease term, or a major tenant is unable to fulfill its lease obligations), the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.

Our commercial business loans generally have been made to small to mid-sized businesses predominantly located in our market area. The commercial business loans are either a revolving line of credit or for a fixed term of generally 10 years or less. Interest rates are adjustable, indexed to a published prime rate of interest, or fixed. Generally, equipment, machinery, real property or other corporate assets secure such loans. Personal guarantees from the business principals are generally obtained as additional collateral. Generally, commercial business loans are characterized as having higher risks associated with them than single-family residential loans.

The Company’s underwriting procedures include evaluations of the stability of the property’s cash flow history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy levels, location and physical condition. Generally, the Company requires a debt service ratio (the ratio of net cash flows from operations before the payment of debt service to debt service) of not less than 120%. We also evaluate the credit and financial condition of the borrower, and if applicable, the guarantor. Appraisal reports prepared by independent appraisers are obtained on each loan to substantiate the property’s market value, and are reviewed prior to the closing of the loan.

Construction and Development Loans: The Company originates construction loans to builders and developers predominantly in our market area. Construction and development loans are riskier than other loan types because they are more speculative in nature. Deteriorating economic or environmental conditions can negatively affect a project. Construction loans are also more difficult to evaluate and monitor. In order to mitigate some of the risks inherent in construction lending, limits are placed on the number of units that can be built on a speculative basis based upon the reputation and financial position of the builder, his/her present obligations, the location of the property and prior sales in the development and the surrounding area. Additionally, the construction budget is reviewed prior to loan origination and the properties under construction are inspected. During the construction phase of a real estate project, the loan requires interest payments only. Construction loans generally are for 12 to 18 months with loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75%.

Residential Loans: The Company’s residential mortgages were acquired in recent years in pool purchases and are secured primarily by properties located in the Company’s primary market and surrounding areas. The Company generally originates home equity loans and home equity lines of credit in our market area with a maximum amount of $250,000. The collateral must be the borrower’s primary residence and the loan-to-value does not exceed 80%. Home equity lines of credit are variable rate and are indexed to the prime rate. Our home equity loans are either first or second liens and have a fixed rate.

Consumer Loans: The Company originates cash-secured and unsecured loans and lines of credit to individuals. Unsecured loans and lines of credit have a maximum amount of $15,000. Unsecured consumer loans generally have a higher interest rate than residential loans because they have additional credit risk associated with them.

The Company has made loans to the officers and directors of the Company and to their associates. In accordance with Regulation O related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans was $0 and $234,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Total payments received on related party loans in 2014 were $100,000. Additionally, a $134,000 loan is no longer reported under Regulation O guidelines.

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the composition of the loan portfolio and the percent of gross loans outstanding represented by each category at the dates indicated.


		As of December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2014				2013				2012				2011				2010
Commercial real estate	$	175,038	42.2	%	$	148,293	40.5	%	$	167,115	48.5	%	$	182,579	44.0	%	$	194,203	39.0	%
Construction and land development		45,662	11.0	%		45,261	12.3	%		37,215	10.8	%		54,120	13.0	%		79,638	16.0	%
Commercial and industrial		76,489	18.4	%		79,589	21.7	%		40,560	11.8	%		54,136	13.1	%		74,027	14.9	%
Multi-family		13,823	3.3	%		11,737	3.2	%		11,756	3.4	%		11,622	2.8	%		10,277	2.1	%
Residential real estate		42,992	10.4	%		25,535	7.0	%		24,981	7.3	%		26,637	6.4	%		29,299	5.9	%
Leases		51,583	12.4	%		42,524	11.6	%		37,347	10.8	%		36,014	8.7	%		38,725	7.8	%
Tax certificates		7,191	1.7	%		12,716	3.5	%		24,569	7.1	%		48,809	11.8	%		70,443	14.1	%
Consumer		2,354	0.6	%		826	0.2	%		1,139	0.3	%		949	0.2	%		793	0.2	%
Total gross loans and leases	$	415,132	100.0	%	$	366,481	100.0	%	$	344,682	100.0	%	$	414,866	100.0	%	$	497,405	100.0	%
Unearned income*		—				—				(517)				(623)				(551)
Loans and leases	$	415,132			$	366,481			$	344,165			$	414,243			$	496,854
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(11,708)				(13,671)				(17,261)				(16,380)				(21,129)
Total net loans and leases	$	403,424			$	352,810			$	326,904			$	397,863			$	475,725

*For the 2014 and 2013 periods unearned income was allocated among the various loan types.

Credit Classification Process

The Company uses a nine point grading risk classification system commonly used in the financial services industry. The first four classifications are rated Pass. The riskier classifications include Pass-Watch, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. During the underwriting process, the CCO assigns each loan with an initial risk rating, which is approved by the appropriate loan committee. From time to time, and at the general direction of any of the various loan committees, the ratings may be changed based on the findings of that committee. Items considered in assigning ratings include the financial strength of the borrower and/or guarantors, the type of collateral, the collateral lien position, the type of loan and loan structure, any potential risk inherent in the specific loan type, higher than normal monitoring of the loan or any other factor deemed appropriate by any of the various committees for changing the rating of the loan. Any such change in rating is reflected in the minutes of that committee.

The loan review function is outsourced to a third party vendor which examines credit quality and portfolio management. The loan review vendor applies the Company’s loan rating system to specific credits and reviews approximately 50% of the total commercial loan portfolio. Emphasis is on the larger new and seasoned loan relationships and includes criticized and classified loans. Additionally, the loan review vendor ensures that all critical industry segments are adequately represented in their review. The loan review vendor will also review loans specifically requested by management. Upon completion of a loan review, a copy of any review receiving an adverse classification by the reviewer is presented to the Classified, Charge-off and Impairment Committee (“CCIC”) for discussion. The CCO is the primary bank officer dealing with the third party vendor during the reviews.

Loans on the Company’s Special Assets Committee list are also subject to loan review even though they are receiving the daily attention of an assigned officer and monthly attention of the Special Assets Committee. A watch list is maintained and reviewed at each meeting of CCIC. CCIC was formed to formalize the process and documentation required to classify, remove from classification, impair or charge-off a loan. The CCIC, which is comprised of the CEO, CFO, CCO, CLO, and Chief Accounting Officer (“CAO”) meet as required and provide regular updated reports to the Board of Directors. Loans are added to the watch list, even though the loans may be current or less than 30 days delinquent if they exhibit elements of substandard

Table of Contents

creditworthiness. The watch list contains a statement for each loan as to why it merits special attention, and this list is distributed to the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. Loans may be removed from the watch list if the CCIC determines that exception items have been resolved or creditworthiness has improved. Additionally, if loans become serious collection matters and are listed on the Company’s monthly delinquent loan or Special Assets Committee lists, they may be removed from the watch list. Minutes outlining the CCIC’s findings and recommendations are issued after each meeting for follow-up by individual loan officers.

Credit Quality

The following table presents the principal amounts of non-accrual loans held for investment and other real estate owned:


		As of December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Non-accrual loans (1)	$	9,813		$	10,157		$	21,432		$	38,755		$	43,162
Other real estate owned		9,779			9,617			13,435			21,016			29,244
Total non-performing assets	$	19,592		$	19,774		$	34,867		$	59,771		$	72,406
Non-performing assets to total assets		2.67	%		2.70	%		4.53	%		7.08	%		7.42	%
Non-performing loans to total loans		2.36	%		2.77	%		6.23	%		9.36	%		8.69	%
Allowance for loan loss to non-accrual loans		119.31	%		134.60	%		80.54	%		42.27	%		48.95	%

(1)

Generally, a loan is placed in non-accrual status when it has been delinquent for a period of 90 days or more, unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection.

Non-accrual loan activity for 2014 is set forth below:


	For the year ended December 31, 2014
					Payments
	Beginning				and other				Transfers to		Ending
(In thousands)	balance		Additions		decreases		Charge-offs		OREO		balance
Non-accrual LHFI
Commercial real estate	$	2,325	$	2,409	$	(696)	$	(354)	$	—	$	3,684
Construction and land development		2,650		559		(2,401)		(172)		—		636
Commercial and industrial		3,629		99		(759)		(452)		—		2,517
Residential real estate		632		372		(45)		—		—		959
Leases		467		733		(90)		(793)		—		317
Tax certificates		454		4,527		(12)		(350)		(2,919)		1,700
Total non-accrual LHFI	$	10,157	$	8,699	$	(4,003)	$	(2,121)	$	(2,919)	$	9,813
Non-accrual LHFS
Construction and land development	$	—	$	2,242	$	(2,242)	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total non-accrual LHFS	$	—	$	2,242	$	(2,242)	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total non-accrual loans	$	10,157	$	10,941	$	(6,245)	$	(2,121)	$	(2,919)	$	9,813

Total non-accrual LHFI at December 31, 2014 were $9.8 million compared to $10.2 million at December 31, 2013. The $344,000 decline in non-accrual LHFI was the result of a $4.0 million reduction in existing non-accrual loan balances through payments or payoffs, $2.1 million in charge-offs related to impairment, and transfers to OREO of $2.9 million, which collectively were offset by $8.7 million in additions. The majority of the new non-accrual activity and transfers to OREO originated from the tax certificate portfolio. Commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and construction and land development loans represent 38%, 26%, and 7%, respectively, of the total $9.8 million in non-accrual loans at December 31, 2014.

Table of Contents

Impaired Loans

The Company identifies a loan as impaired when it is probable that interest and principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For all classes of loans receivable, with the exception of tax certificates, the accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of principal and interest is doubtful or when a loan becomes 90 days past due. Impaired loans include TDRs. Excess proceeds received over the principal amounts due on impaired non-accrual loans are recognized as income on a cash basis. The Company recognizes income under the accrual basis when the principal payments on the loans become current and the collateral on the loan is sufficient to cover the outstanding obligation to the Company. If these factors do not exist, the Company does not recognize interest income. If interest had been accrued, such interest income would have been approximately $1.0 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the Company had no loans past due 90 days or more on which interest continues to accrue.

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans and leases:


	As of December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Impaired loans and leases with a valuation allowance	$	3,274	$	3,835
Impaired loans and leases without a valuation allowance		12,804		14,671
Total impaired loans and leases	$	16,078	$	18,506
Valuation allowance related to impaired loans and leases	$	1,041	$	886

Total cash collected on impaired loans and leases during 2014 and 2013 was $7.0 million and $16.1 million, respectively, of which $6.4 million and $15.3 million was credited to the principal balance outstanding on such loans, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A loan modification is deemed a TDR when two conditions are met: 1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and 2) concessions are made by the Company that would not otherwise be considered for a borrower or collateral with similar credit risk characteristics. All loans classified as TDRs are considered to be impaired. TDRs are returned to an accrual status when the loan is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual restructured terms for a reasonable period of time (generally six months) and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual restructured principal and interest is no longer in doubt. At December 31, 2014, the Company had twelve TDRs, with a total carrying value of $8.8 million. At the time of the modifications, three of the loans were already classified as impaired non-accrual loans. At December 31, 2013, the Company had twelve TDRs with a total carrying value of $12.1 million. The Company’s policy for TDRs is to recognize income on currently performing restructured loans under the accrual method.

The following table details the Company’s TDRs that are on an accrual status and a non-accrual status at December 31, 2014.


	As of December 31, 2014
				Non-
	Number of	Accrual		Accrual
(In thousands)	loans	Status		Status		Total TDRs
Commercial real estate	2	$	2,856	$	—	$	2,856
Construction and land development	3		47		636		683
Commercial and industrial	6		3,670		1,448		5,118
Residential real estate	1		—		102		102
Total	12	$	6,573	$	2,186	$	8,759

Table of Contents

The following table presents newly restructured loans that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014.


	Modifications by type for the year ended December 31, 2014
												Pre-		Post-
												Modification		Modification
												Outstanding		Outstanding
	Number of							Combination				Recorded		Recorded
(Dollars in thousands)	loans	Rate		Term		Payment		of types		Total		Investment		Investment
Commercial and industrial	3	$	—	$	232	$	—	$	27	$	259	$	261	$	261
Total	3	$	—	$	232	$	—	$	27	$	259	$	261	$	261

Potential Problem Loans

Potential problem loans are loans not currently classified as non-performing loans, but for which management has doubts as to the borrowers’ ability to comply with present repayment terms. The loans are usually delinquent more than 30 days but less than 90 days. Potential problem loans amounted to approximately $3.4 million and $9.1 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The $5.7 million decline in potential problem loans was mostly related to the payoff of one $4.9 million commercial relationship.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”):

OREO increased $162,000 from $9.6 million at December 31, 2013 to $9.8 million at December 31, 2014. Set forth below is a table which details the changes in OREO from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.


	For the year ended December 31, 2014
(In thousands)	Loans		Tax Liens		Total
Beginning balance	$	1,725	$	7,892	$	9,617
Net proceeds from sales		(1,336)		(2,970)		(4,306)
Net gains on sales		59		684		743
Transfers in		—		2,919		2,919
Cash additions		—		1,330		1,330
Impairment charge		(99)		(425)		(524)
Ending balance	$	349	$	9,430	$	9,779

At December 31, 2014, OREO was comprised of $9.4 million in tax liens, $229,000 in land, and the remaining units of a residential condominium project with a fair value of $120,000. During 2014, the Company sold one land parcel, one commercial property and 15 residential condominiums which related to three loan relationships. The Company received $1.3 million in net proceeds and recorded a net gain of $59,000 as a result of these sales. During 2014, the Company recorded impairment charges of $99,000 on the commercial real estate property that was sold and the residential condominium project due to agreements of sale.

In 2014, the Company transferred $2.9 million to OREO which represented 59 separate properties. During 2014, the Company sold 45 of the tax lien properties, received proceeds of $3.0 million, and recorded net gains of $684,000 as a result of these sales. Additionally, the Company recorded impairment charges of $425,000 in 2014 related to the tax lien properties. At December 31, 2014, OREO assets acquired through the tax lien portfolio were valued at $9.4 million and were comprised of 79 properties.

The Company is working to satisfactorily sell the remaining OREO properties. However the Company recognizes that the successful disposition of the properties, specifically the land, will likely take considerable time.

Table of Contents

Investment Securities

The following tables present the consolidated amortized cost and approximate fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for each major category of the Company’s AFS investment securities portfolio.


December 31, 2014			Included in OCI*
			Gross		Gross
		Amortized	unrealized		unrealized		Fair
(In thousands)	Cost		gains		loss		Value
U.S. government agencies	$	26,123	$	—	$	(834)	$	25,289
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		22,073		375		(61)		22,387
Collateralized mortgage obligations:						—
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		167,711		2,350		(1,084)		168,977
Non-agency		3,738		7		(14)		3,731
Corporate bonds		15,617		144		(34)		15,727
Municipal bonds		10,117		91		(35)		10,173
Other securities		2,684		1,350		—		4,034
Common stocks		33		17		—		50
Total available for sale	$	248,096	$	4,334	$	(2,062)	$	250,368


December 31, 2013			Included in OCL*
			Gross		Gross
		Amortized	unrealized		unrealized		Fair
(In thousands)	Cost		gains		loss		Value
U.S. government agencies	$	68,207	$	—	$	(6,171)	$	62,036
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		32,769		210		(882)		32,097
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		188,194		2,887		(1,978)		189,103
Non-agency		4,454		25		—		4,479
Corporate bonds		9,669		25		(256)		9,438
Municipal bonds		7,163		—		(263)		6,900
Other securities		3,363		1,405		(143)		4,625
Common stocks		33		16		—		49
Total available for sale	$	313,852	$	4,568	$	(9,693)	$	308,727

*OCI: Other comprehensive income; OCL: Other comprehensive loss

The contractual maturity distribution and weighted average rate of the Company’s AFS debt securities at December 31, 2014 are presented in the following table. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are presented within the category that represents the total weighted average expected maturity.

Table of Contents


		As of December 31, 2014
						After one year, but				After five years, but
		Within one year				within five years				within ten years				After ten years				Total
(In thousands, except percentages)		Amount	Rate			Amount	Rate			Amount	Rate			Amount	Rate			Amount	Rate
U.S. government agencies	$	—	—	%	$	3,916	1.50	%	$	13,588	1.93	%	$	7,785	2.62	%	$	25,289	2.08	%
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		10	2.33	%		6,162	3.41	%		14,278	2.79	%		1,937	3.22	%		22,387	2.99	%
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		1,007	4.08	%		100,437	3.30	%		67,533	3.28	%		—	—	%		168,977	3.30	%
Non-agency		—	—	%		3,731	3.31	%		—	—	%		—	—	%		3,731	3.31	%
Corporate bonds		—	—	%		9,681	2.73	%		5,026	2.55	%		1,020	5.00	%		15,727	2.82	%
Municipal bonds		—	—	%		3,733	3.76	%		6,440	3.53	%		—	—	%		10,173	3.62	%
Total AFS debt securities	$	1,017	4.06	%	$	127,660	3.22	%	$	106,865	3.02	%	$	10,742	2.94	%	$	246,284	3.12	%

The Company assesses whether OTTI is present when the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost. All investment securities are evaluated for OTTI under FASB ASC Topic 320, “Investments-Debt & Equity Securities” (“ASC Topic 320”). Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations may be evaluated under FASB ASC Topic 320 Subtopic 40, “Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets” under FASB ASC Topic 325, “Investments-Other”. In determining whether OTTI exists, management considers numerous factors, including but not limited to: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value is less than the amortized cost, (2) the Company’s intent to hold or sell the security, (3) the financial condition and results of the issuer including changes in capital, (4) the credit rating of the issuer, (5) analysts’ earnings estimate, (6) industry trends specific to the security, and (7) timing of debt maturity and status of debt payments. If the Company intends to sell a security or will be required to sell a security, the OTTI is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date. If the Company does not intend to sell a security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell a security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the OTTI is separated into two amounts, the credit related loss and the loss related to other factors. The credit related loss is based on the present value of the expected cash flows and is recognized in earnings. The noncredit-related loss is based on other factors such as illiquidity and is recognized in other comprehensive income.

At December 31, 2014 investment securities were $250.4 million with a net unrealized gain of $2.3 million compared to $308.7 million with a net unrealized loss of $5.1 million at December 31, 2013. The considerable swing to a net unrealized gain was predominantly impacted by a $5.3 million decline in the unrealized loss on government agency debt securities. Additionally, the net unrealized gain improved $986,000 and $357,000 on MBS and CMOs, respectively. These securities carry lower coupons and their market value was positively impacted by a 28% decrease in the 10-year Treasury yield from 3.03% at December 31, 2013 to 2.17% at December 31, 2014. Refer to “Note 3- Investment Securities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for more information.

Deposits

The average balance of the Company’s deposits by major classifications for each of the last three years is presented in the following table.

Table of Contents


		As of December 31,
		2014				2013				2012
(In thousands, except percentages)		Average Balance	Rate			Average Balance	Rate			Average Balance	Rate
Demand deposits
Non interest bearing	$	66,221	-		$	59,989	-		$	55,666	-
Interest bearing (NOW)		42,443	0.11	%		42,576	0.11	%		42,305	0.33	%
Money market deposits		166,245	0.34	%		167,501	0.34	%		182,297	0.65	%
Savings deposits		18,765	0.17	%		17,802	0.21	%		17,006	0.39	%
Certificate of deposit		228,754	1.28	%		239,584	1.41	%		275,959	1.64	%
Total deposits	$	522,428			$	527,452			$	573,233

The remaining maturity of Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or greater:


	As of December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Three months or less	$	15,306	$	13,598
Over three months through twelve months		33,136		30,724
Over twelve months through five years		34,181		43,464
Over five years		4,586		4,977
Total	$	87,209	$	92,763

Short and Long Term Borrowings


		As of December 31,
(In thousands)		2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
Short term borrowings	$	—	$	10,000	$	—	$	54,218	$	22,000
Long term borrowings
Other borrowings		37,426		42,881		43,333		43,782		44,230
Subordinated debt		25,774		25,774		25,774		25,774		25,774
FHLB advances		55,000		55,000		65,000		50,000		88,719
Total borrowings	$	118,200	$	133,655	$	134,107	$	173,774	$	180,723

At December 31, 2014, the Company had borrowings of $35.0 million from PNC which will mature on January 7, 2018, compared to $40.0 million at December 31, 2013. These borrowings have a weighted average interest rate of 3.65%. During the fourth quarter of 2014, to reduce future interest expense, the Company pre-paid $5.0 million in principal and incurred a prepayment penalty of $402,000.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

An interest rate simulation model is used to estimate the impact of various changes, both upward and downward, in market interest rates and volumes of assets and liabilities on net interest income and net income. This model produces an interest rate exposure report that forecasts changes in the economic value of equity (“EVE”) and net interest income under alternative interest rate environments. This model assumes that the change in interest rates occurs immediately. The EVE is the difference between the present value of the expected future cash flows from Royal Bank’s existing assets and the present value of the expected future cash flows from Royal Bank’s existing liabilities. The assumptions used in evaluating the vulnerability of earnings and capital to changes in interest rates are based on management’s considerations of past experience, current position and anticipated future economic conditions. The interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities as well as the estimated effect of changes in interest rates on the EVE and net interest income could vary substantially if different assumptions are used or actual experience differs from what the calculations may be based.

The simulation model indicates that the Company is outside of the Company’s policy limits in all increasing rate scenarios for the EVE but within policy limits for net interest income. The cause of the policy exceptions is primarily related to extension risk within the Company’s investment portfolio; the demand for fixed rate loans in this sustained low rate

Table of Contents

environment; the composition of deposits, and the lower capital from the prior period losses. In a rising interest rate environment general expectations are for prepayments of principal to slow down which cause the life of the Company’s mortgage-backed and CMO securities to extend. Management continues to work on changing the mix of interest-earning assets to mitigate this risk. The calculated estimates of changes in the EVE as of December 31, 2014 and net interest income for 2014 for Royal Bank are as follows:


(In thousands, except percentages)		As of December 31, 2014
Changes in Rates		Economic Value of Equity	Percent of Change	Policy Limits
+ 400 basis points	$	27,520	(65.2%)	+/- 45%
+ 300 basis points		39,293	(50.3%)	+/- 35%
+ 200 basis points		52,384	(33.8%)	+/- 25%
+ 100 basis points		66,021	(16.5%)	+/- 15%
Flat rate		79,104	0.0%	N/A
- 100 basis points		85,084	7.6%	+/- 15%
- 200 basis points		82,364	4.1%	+/- 25%


(In thousands, except percentages)		Net Interest Income for 2014
Changes in Rates		Net Interest Income	Percent of Change	Policy Limits
+ 400 basis points	$	18,299	(15.0%)	+/- 40%
+ 300 basis points		19,214	(10.8%)	+/- 30%
+ 200 basis points		20,105	(6.6%)	+/- 20%
+ 100 basis points		20,957	(2.7%)	+/- 10%
Flat rate		21,534	0.0%	N/A
- 100 basis points		21,221	(1.5%)	+/- 10%
- 200 basis points		20,375	(5.4%)	+/- 20%

Interest-Rate Sensitivity: Interest rate sensitivity is a function of the re-pricing characteristics of the Company’s assets and liabilities. These include the volume of assets and liabilities re-pricing, the timing of re-pricing, and the interest rate sensitivity gaps which are a continual challenge in a changing rate environment. In managing its interest rate sensitivity positions, the Company seeks to develop and implement strategies to control exposure of net interest income to risks associated with interest rate movements. The interest rate sensitivity report examines the positioning of the interest rate risk exposure in a changing interest rate environment. Ideally, the rate sensitive assets and liabilities will be maintained in a matched position to minimize interest rate risk. The interest rate sensitivity analysis is an important management tool; however, it does have some inherent shortcomings. It is a “static” analysis. Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or re-pricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities may vary substantially within a given period.

The following table summarizes re-pricing intervals for interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2014, and the difference or “GAP” between them on an actual and cumulative basis for the periods indicated. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. During a period of falling interest rates, a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income, while a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income while a negative gap would tend to affect net interest income adversely. At December 31, 2014, the Company is in a liability sensitive position of $36.7 million, which indicates that within one year the re-pricing of liabilities is sooner than the re-pricing of assets.

Table of Contents


		As of December 31, 2014
(In millions)		0 – 90 days		91 – 365 days		One to five years		Over five years		Non-rate sensitive		Total
Assets (1)
Interest-bearing deposits in banks	$	21.2	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	9.6	$	30.8
Investment securities		13.1		28.9		152.3		53.9		2.2		250.4
Loans: (2)
Fixed rate		14.7		35.4		137.5		131.4		(11.7)		307.3
Variable rate		45.5		50.6		-		-		-		96.1
Total loans		60.2		86.0		137.5		131.4		(11.7)		403.4
Other assets (3)		-		20.5		-		-		27.5		48.0
Total Assets	$	94.5	$	135.4	$	289.8	$	185.3	$	27.6	$	732.6
Liabilities & Capital
Deposits:
Non interest bearing deposits		-		-		-		-		73.7		73.7
Interest bearing deposits		25.3		75.9		130.2		-		-		231.4
Certificate of deposits		40.3		86.9		84.8		13.3		-		225.3
Total deposits		65.6		162.8		215.0		13.3		73.7		530.4
Borrowings (1)		28.2		10.0		80.0		-		-		118.2
Other liabilities		-		-		-		-		21.4		21.4
Capital		-		-		-		-		62.6		62.6
Total liabilities & capital	$	93.8	$	172.8	$	295.0	$	13.3	$	157.7	$	732.6
Net interest rate GAP	$	0.7	$	(37.4)	$	(5.2)	$	172.0	$	(130.1)
Cumulative interest rate GAP	$	0.7	$	(36.7)	$	(41.9)	$	130.1
GAP to total assets		0%		(5%)
GAP to total equity		1%		(60%)
Cumulative GAP to total assets		0%		(5%)
Cumulative GAP to total equity		1%		(59%)

(1)Interest earning assets are included in the period in which the balances are expected to be repaid and/or re-priced as a result of anticipated prepayments, scheduled rate adjustments, and contractual maturities.

(2)Reflects principal maturing within the specified periods for fixed and re-pricing for variable rate loans; includes non-performing loans.

(3) Includes FHLB stock.

The method of analysis of interest rate sensitivity in the table above has a number of limitations. Certain assets and liabilities may react differently to changes in interest rates even though they re-price or mature in the same time periods. The interest rates on certain assets and liabilities may change at different times than changes in market interest rates, with some changes in advance of changes in market rates and some lagging behind changes in market rates. Also, certain assets have provisions, which limit changes in interest rates each time the interest rate changes and for the entire term of the loan. Prepayments and withdrawals experienced in the event of a change in interest rates may deviate significantly from those assumed in the interest rate sensitivity table. Additionally, the ability of some borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Narberth, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and the related consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 26, 2015

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 27, 2014

Table of Contents

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets


	December 31,		December 31,
	2014		2013
ASSETS	(In thousands, except share and per data)
Cash and due from banks	$	9,642	$	9,154
Interest bearing deposits		21,148		7,690
Total cash and cash equivalents		30,790		16,844
Investment securities available for sale (“AFS”), at fair value		250,368		308,727
Other investment, at cost		2,250		2,250
Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock		2,622		4,204
Loans and leases held for sale (“LHFS”), at lower of cost or fair value		—		1,446
Loans and leases (“LHFI”)		415,132		366,481
Less allowance for loan and lease losses		11,708		13,671
Net loans and leases		403,424		352,810
Bank owned life insurance		15,636		15,124
Accrued interest receivable		5,270		7,054
Other real estate owned (“OREO”), net		9,779		9,617
Premises and equipment, net		5,201		4,475
Other assets		7,213		9,703
Total assets	$	732,553	$	732,254

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities
Deposits
Non-interest bearing	$	73,665	$	60,473
Interest bearing		456,760		468,491
Total deposits		530,425		528,964
Short-term borrowings		—		10,000
Long-term borrowings		92,426		97,881
Subordinated debentures		25,774		25,774
Accrued interest payable		726		965
Other liabilities		20,596		20,865
Total liabilities		669,947		684,449
Shareholders’ equity
Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. equity:
Preferred stock, Series A perpetual, $1,000 liquidation value, 500,000 shares authorized, 18,856 and 30,407 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively		18,856		29,950
Class A common stock, par value $2.00 per share, authorized 40,000,000 shares; issued, 28,200,269 and 11,469,940 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively		56,400		22,940
Class B common stock, par value $0.10 per share; authorized 3,000,000 shares; issued, 1,931,692 and 1,987,142 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively		193		199
Additional paid in capital		110,697		127,299
Accumulated deficit		(115,864)		(120,396)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(2,492)		(6,122)
Treasury stock - at cost, shares of Class A, 398,365 and 453,077 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013		(5,571)		(6,336)
Total Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. shareholders’ equity		62,219		47,534
Noncontrolling interest		387		271
Total equity		62,606		47,805
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	732,553	$	732,254

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income


	For the year ended
	December 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)	2014		2013
Interest Income
Loans and leases, including fees	$	21,571	$	21,741
Investment securities AFS		7,191		5,757
Deposits in banks		22		26
Total Interest Income		28,784		27,524
Interest Expense
Deposits		3,604		4,022
Short-term borrowings		13		22
Long-term borrowings		2,867		3,313
Total Interest Expense		6,484		7,357
Net Interest Income		22,300		20,167
Credit for loan and lease losses		(867)		(872)
Net Interest Income after Credit for Loan and Lease Losses		23,167		21,039
Non-interest Income
Service charges and fees		1,032		1,323
Net gains on sales of loans and leases		232		686
Net gains on sales of other real estate owned		743		1,427
Income from bank owned life insurance		512		539
Gains on sales of premises and equipment		107		2,524
Net gains on the sale of AFS investment securities		377		158
Total other-than-temporary impairment on AFS investment securities		(41)		—
Other income		573		207
Total Non-interest Income		3,535		6,864
Non-interest Expense
Employee salaries and benefits		10,164		10,276
Loss contingency		(55)		1,750
Occupancy and equipment		2,651		2,281
Professional and legal fees		2,198		2,954
OREO expenses and impairment		959		2,785
Pennsylvania shares tax		553		1,123
FDIC and state assessments		1,017		1,038
Communications and data processing		732		588
Directors’ fees		482		490
Marketing and advertising		357		209
Insurance		350		425
Loan collection expenses		331		557
Impairment on loans held for sale		—		153
Restructuring charges		—		361
Other operating expenses		2,125		1,340
Total Non-interest Expense		21,864		26,330
Income Before Tax (Benefit) Expense		4,838		1,573
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense		(654)		42
Net Income	$	5,492	$	1,531
Less Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest	$	382	$	(578)
Net Income Attributable to Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc.	$	5,110	$	2,109
Less Preferred Stock Series A Accumulated Dividend and Accretion	$	2,078	$	2,075
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders	$	3,032	$	34
Per Common Share Data:
Net Income — Basic and Diluted	$	0.14	$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income (Loss)


	For the year ended
	December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Net income	$	5,492	$	1,531
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period, net of tax effect		5,135		(6,719)
Less adjustment for impaired investments (1)		(27)		—
Less reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income (2)		249		104
Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities		4,913		(6,823)
Unrecognized benefit obligation:
Actuarial gain (loss)		(1,314)		627
Less reclassification adjustment for amortization (3)		(218)		(216)
Unrecognized benefit obligation expense		(1,096)		843
Unrealized loss on derivative instrument		(187)		—
Other comprehensive income (loss)		3,630		(5,980)
Comprehensive income (loss)		9,122		(4,449)
Less net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest		382		(578)
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc.	$	8,740	$	(3,871)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Amounts are included in total other-than-temporary impairment on AFS investment securities on the Consolidated Statements of Income in total non-interest income, net of a $14,000 tax benefit.

Amounts are included in net gains on the sale of AFS investment securities on the Consolidated Statements of Income in total non-interest income, net of $128,000 in taxes.

Amounts are included in salaries and benefits on the Consolidated Statements of Income in non-interest expense.

Table of Contents

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013


	Preferred								Additional				Other						Total
	stock		Class A common stock			Class B common stock			paid in		Accumulated		comprehensive		Treasury		Noncontrolling		Shareholders’
(In thousands, except share data)	Series A		Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		capital		deficit		loss		stock		Interest		Equity
Balance at January 1, 2013	$	29,396	11,432	$	22,863	2,020	$	202	$	126,287	$	(121,877)	$	(142)	$	(6,971)	$	3,810	$	53,568
Net income (loss)												2,109						(578)		1,531
Other comprehensive loss, net of reclassifications and taxes														(5,980)						(5,980)
Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest										1,559								(2,409)		(850)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests																		(552)		(552)
Common stock conversion from Class B to Class A			38		77	(33)		(3)				(74)								—
Accretion of discount on preferred stock		554										(554)								—
Treasury shares issued for compensation										(569)						635				66
Stock option expense										22										22
Balance at December 31, 2013		29,950	11,470		22,940	1,987		199		127,299		(120,396)		(6,122)		(6,336)		271		47,805
Net income												5,110						382		5,492
Other comprehensive income, net of reclassifications and taxes														3,630						3,630
Distributions to noncontrolling interests																		(266)		(266)
Common stock conversion from Class B to Class A			64		127	(55)		(6)				(121)								—
Redemption of 11,551 shares of preferred stock		(11,551)								(2,392)										(13,943)
Accretion of discount on preferred stock		457										(457)								—
Common shares issued			16,666		33,333					(13,333)										20,000
Direct costs associated with stock issuance										(206)										(206)
Treasury shares issued for compensation										(660)						765				105
Other adjustment to additional paid in capital										(28)										(28)
Stock option expense										17										17
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	18,856	28,200	$	56,400	1,932	$	193	$	110,697	$	(115,864)	$	(2,492)	$	(5,571)	$	387	$	62,606

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Year ended December 31,


(In thousands)	2014		2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	5,110	$	2,109
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		569		451
Stock compensation expense		17		22
Credit for loan and lease losses		(867)		(872)
Impairment charge for OREO		524		1,517
Net amortization of AFS investment securities		1,918		4,183
Net accretion on loans		(413)		(382)
Net gains on sales of premises and equipment		(107)		(2,524)
Net gains on sales of OREO		(743)		(1,427)
Net gains on sales of investment securities		(377)		(158)
Income from bank owned life insurance		(512)		(539)
Other-than-temporary impairment on AFS investment securities		41		—
Impairment on loans held for sale		—		153
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Decrease in accrued interest receivable		1,784		3,202
Decrease in other assets		2,490		1,502
Decrease in accrued interest payable		(239)		(2,795)
Decrease in other liabilities		(269)		(2,238)
Net cash provided by operating activities		8,926		2,204
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of AFS investment securities		41,314		94,676
Proceeds from sales of AFS investment securities		72,301		31,046
Purchase of AFS investment securities		(49,441)		(99,720)
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock		1,582		1,807
Proceeds from sales of loans and leases		3,847		3,919
Gains on sales of loans and leases		(232)		(686)
Net increase in loans		(57,702)		(34,408)
Additions to OREO		(1,330)		—
Proceeds from the sales of premises and equipment		303		3,267
Purchase of premises and equipment		(1,491)		(437)
Proceeds from sales of OREO		4,306		12,779
Net cash provided by investing activities		13,457		12,243

Table of Contents

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows- continued

Year ended ended December 31,


	2014		2013
Cash flows from financing activities:
Increase in demand and NOW accounts	$	14,332	$	3,397
Increase (decrease) in money market and savings accounts		2,674		(14,560)
Decrease in certificates of deposit		(15,545)		(14,790)
Repayments of short-term borrowings		(10,000)		—
Repayments of long-term borrowings		(5,455)		(50,452)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings		—		10,000
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		—		40,000
Distributions to noncontrolling interest		(266)		—
Issuance of common stock, net		20,000		—
Payments of stock issuance costs		(206)		—
Redemption of preferred stock		(13,943)		—
Other financing activity		(28)		—
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(8,437)	$	(26,405)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		13,946		(11,958)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period		16,844		28,802
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	$	30,790	$	16,844
Supplemental Disclosure
Proceeds from income tax refunds	$	654	$	—
Interest paid	$	6,723	$	10,152
Transfers to OREO	$	2,919	$	9,051
Transfers to LHFS	$	3,187	$	—
Transfers to LHFI	$	1,018	$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

Nature of Operations

Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. (the “Company”), through its wholly-owned subsidiary Royal Bank America (“Royal Bank”) offers a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers primarily located in the Mid-Atlantic states. Royal Bank competes with other banking and financial institutions in certain markets, including financial institutions with resources substantially greater than its own. Commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions and brokerage firms actively compete for savings and time deposits and for various types of loans. Such institutions, as well as consumer finance and insurance companies, may be considered competitors of Royal Bank with respect to one or more of the services it renders.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. (“Royal Bancshares” or the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Royal Investments of Delaware, Inc., including Royal Investments of Delaware, Inc.’s wholly owned subsidiary, Royal Preferred, LLC, and Royal Bank America (“Royal Bank”), including Royal Bank’s subsidiaries, Royal Real Estate of Pennsylvania, Inc., Royal Investments America, LLC, RBA Property LLC, Narberth Property Acquisition LLC, Rio Marina LLC, and Royal Tax Lien Services, LLC (“RTL”). Royal Bank also has an 80% and 60% ownership interest in Crusader Servicing Corporation (“CSC”) and Royal Bank America Leasing, LP, respectively. Prior to December 31, 2013, Royal Bank’s ownership interest in CSC and RTL was 60%. Effective December 31, 2013, Royal Bank acquired the ownership interest of the former President of CSC and RTL. The two Delaware trusts, Royal Bancshares Capital Trust I and Royal Bancshares Capital Trust II are not consolidated per requirements under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, “Consolidation” (“ASC Topic 810”). These consolidated financial statements reflect the historical information of the Company. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The principal estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the allowance for loan and lease losses, the valuation of other real estate owned, the valuation of deferred tax assets, other-than-temporary impairment losses on investment securities, net periodic pension costs and the pension benefit obligation. In connection with the allowance for loan and lease losses estimate, management obtains independent appraisals for real estate collateral. However, future changes in real estate market conditions and the economy could affect the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the credit portfolio and the allowance. Such review may result in additional provisions based on their judgment of information available at the time of each examination.

Table of Contents

Significant Concentration of Credit Risk

Credit risk is one of the Company’s most significant risks. It is critical for consistent profitability that the Company effectively manages credit risk. Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within the Mid-Atlantic region of the country. “Note 3 – Investment Securities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements discusses the types of securities in which the Company invests. “Note 4 – Loans and Leases” to the Consolidated Financial Statements discusses the types of lending in which the Company engages. The Company does not have any portion of its business dependent on a single or limited number of customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on its business. The Company has 87% of its investment portfolio in securities issued by government sponsored entities. The Company’s tax certificate and other real estate owned portfolios have a geographic concentration in the State of New Jersey.

No substantial portion of loans is concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries, except a significant majority of loans are secured by real estate. There are numerous risks associated with commercial and consumer lending that could impact the borrower’s ability to repay on a timely basis. They include, but are not limited to: the owner’s business expertise, changes in local, national, and in some cases international economies, competition, governmental regulation, and the general financial stability of the borrowing entity. The Company’s commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and construction and land development loans comprised 42%, 18% and 11%, respectively, of the loan portfolio.

The Company attempts to mitigate these risks through conservative underwriting policies and procedures which include an analysis of the borrower’s business and industry history, its financial position, as well as that of the business owner. The Company will also require the borrower to provide current financial information on the operation of the business periodically over the life of the loan. In addition, most commercial loans are secured by assets of the business or those of the business owner, which can be liquidated if the borrower defaults, along with the personal surety of the business owner.

U.S. GAAP RAP Difference

In connection with a prior bank regulatory examination, the Federal Deposit Insurance Company (“FDIC”) concluded, based upon its interpretation of the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (the “Call Report”) instructions and under regulatory accounting principles (“RAP”), that income from Royal Bank’s tax lien business should be recognized on a cash basis, not an accrual basis. Royal Bank’s current accrual method is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Royal Bank disagrees with the FDIC’s conclusion and filed the Call Report for December 31, 2014 and the previous 17 quarters in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, the change in the manner of revenue recognition for the tax lien business for regulatory accounting purposes affects Royal Bank’s and potentially the Company’s capital ratios as disclosed in “Note 2 - Regulatory Matters and Significant Risks And Uncertainties” and “Note 16 - Regulatory Capital Requirements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The resolution of this matter will be decided by additional joint regulatory agency guidance which includes the Federal Reserve Bank, the FDIC, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”).

Reclassifications

Certain items in the 2013 consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation format. There was no effect on net income or net loss for the periods presented herein as a result of the reclassification.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.

Table of Contents

Investment Securities

Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Investments in debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses included in earnings. Debt and equity securities not classified as trading securities, nor as held to maturity securities, are classified as available for sale securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains or losses, net of deferred income taxes (when applicable), reported in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) component of shareholders’ equity. The Company did not hold trading securities nor had securities classified as held to maturity at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Discounts and premiums are accreted/amortized to income by use of the level-yield method. Gain or loss on sales of securities available for sale is based on the specific identification method.

The Company evaluates declines in the fair value of securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis. The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. All investment securities are evaluated for OTTI under FASB ASC Topic 320, “Investments-Debt & Equity Securities” (“ASC Topic 320”). In determining whether OTTI exists, management considers numerous factors, including but not limited to: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value is less than the amortized cost, (2) the Company’s intent to hold or sell the security, (3) the financial condition and results of the issuer including changes in capital, (4) the credit rating of the issuer, (5) analysts’ earnings estimate, (6) industry trends specific to the security, and (7) timing of debt maturity and status of debt payments.

Under ASC Topic 320, OTTI is considered to have occurred with respect to debt securities (1) if an entity intends to sell the security; (2) if it is more likely than not an entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of the expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Once a decline in value for a debt security is determined to be other-than-temporary, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total OTTI related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount of the total OTTI related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. In determining the Company’s intent not to sell and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, management considers the following factors: current liquidity and availability of other non-pledged assets that permits the investment to be held for an extended period of time but not necessarily until maturity, capital planning, and any specific asset liability committee goals or guidelines related to the disposition of specific investments.

Other Investment

This investment includes the Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund, which the Company invested in to partially satisfy its community reinvestment requirement. Shares in this fund are not publicly traded and therefore have no readily determinable fair market value. An investor can have their investment in the Fund redeemed for the balance of their capital account at any quarter end with a 60-day notice to the Fund. The investment in this Fund is recorded at cost.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”), the Company is required to purchase and hold stock in the FHLB to satisfy membership and borrowing requirements. The stock can only be sold to the FHLB or to another member institution, and all sales of FHLB stock must be at par. As a result of these restrictions, there is no active market for the FHLB stock. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, FHLB stock totaled $2.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively.

Table of Contents

FHLB stock is held as a long-term investment and its value is determined based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. The Company evaluates impairment quarterly. The decision of whether impairment exists is a matter of judgment that reflects management’s view of the FHLB’s long-term performance, which includes factors such as the following: (1) its operating performance, (2) the severity and duration of declines in the fair value of its net assets related to its capital stock amount, (3) its liquidity position, and (4) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the FHLB. Based on the capital adequacy and the liquidity position of the FHLB, management believes that the par value of its investment in FHLB stock will be realized. Accordingly, there is no other-than-temporary impairment related to the carrying amount of the Company’s FHLB stock as of December 31, 2014.

Loans Held for Sale

At December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any loans classified as loans held for sale (“LHFS”). Generally, loans are transferred from loans held for investment (“LHFI”) to LHFS at fair market value using expected net sales proceeds or collateral values when there is an intent to sell. Gains or losses on the sale of LHFS are recorded in non-interest income. Generally any subsequent credit losses on LHFS are recorded as a component of non-interest expense. At December 31, 2013, LHFS were comprised of three loans totaling $1.4 million.

Loans and Leases

The Company originates commercial and real estate loans, including construction and land development loans primarily in the greater Philadelphia metropolitan area as well as selected locations throughout the mid-Atlantic region. The Company also has participated with other financial institutions in selected construction and land development loans outside our geographic area. Loans and leases are classified as LHFI when management has the intent and ability to hold the loan or lease for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff. LHFI are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan and leases losses and any deferred fees or costs. The Company utilizes the effective yield interest method for recognizing interest income as required by ASC Subtopic 20, “Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs” (“ASC Subtopic 20”) under FASB ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” (“ASC Topic 310”). ASC Subtopic 20 also guides our accounting for nonrefundable fees and costs associated with lending activities such as discounts, premiums, and loan origination fees. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield (interest income) of the related loans. The Company is generally amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan. For loan modifications, any unamortized net fees or costs and any prepayment penalties from the original loan shall be recognized in interest income when the new loan is granted.

The Company has a concentration of credit risk in commercial real estate and construction and land development loans at December 31, 2014. The Company originates mainly small business, commercial real estate, middle market business and consumer loans. Additionally, after thorough due diligence, the Company has purchased small residential loan pools. A substantial portion of its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon the housing sector specifically and the economy in general.

Table of Contents

in New Jersey. The Company ceased acquiring new tax certificates in 2010. Consumer loans includes cash secured and unsecured loans and lines of credit.

For all classes of loans receivable, with the exception of tax certificates, the accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of principal and interest is doubtful or when a loan becomes 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual all unpaid interest is reversed from interest income. Interest payments received on impaired nonaccrual loans are normally applied against principal. Excess proceeds received over the principal amounts due on impaired non-accrual loans are recognized as income on a cash basis. The Company recognizes income under the accrual basis when the principal payments on the loans become current and the collateral on the loan is sufficient to cover the outstanding obligation to the Company. If these factors do not exist, the Company does not recognize income. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the loan is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time (generally six months) and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. The past due status of all classes of loans receivable is determined based on contractual due dates for loan payments. Tax certificates have no contractual maturity. Collection is dependent upon the tax payer’s redemption of the lien, which includes principal interest and fees.

A loan modification is deemed a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when two conditions are met: 1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and 2) a concession is made by the Company that would not otherwise be considered for a borrower with similar credit risk characteristics. All loans classified as TDRs are considered to be impaired. TDRs are returned to an accrual status when the loan is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual restructured terms for a reasonable period of time (generally six months) and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual restructured principal and interest is no longer in doubt. The Company’s policy for TDRs is to recognize interest income on currently performing restructured loans under the accrual method.

The Company accounts for guarantees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 460 “Guarantees” (“ASC Topic 460”). ASC Topic 460 requires a guarantor entity, at the inception of a guarantee covered by the measurement provisions of the interpretation, to record a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The Company has financial and performance letters of credit. Financial letters of credit require the Company to make a payment if the customer’s condition deteriorates, as defined in agreements. Performance letters of credits require the Company to make payments if the customer fails to perform certain non-financial contractual obligations.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company’s loan and lease portfolio (the “credit portfolio”) is subject to varying degrees of credit risk. The allowance for loan and lease losses consists of the allowance for loan and lease losses (the “allowance”) and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio as of the statement of financial condition date and is recorded as a reduction to loans and leases. The reserve for unfunded lending commitments represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the Company’s unfunded loan commitments and is recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial condition. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan and lease losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment or collateral recovery of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely. The allowance represents an estimation made pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies” (“ASC Topic 450”) or FASB ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” (“ASC Topic 310”). The adequacy of the allowance is determined through evaluation of the credit portfolio, and involves consideration of a number of factors, as outlined below, to establish a prudent level. The Company considers that the determination of the allowance involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than its other significant accounting policies. The Company’s systematic methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes: (1) general reserves reflecting historical loss rates by loan type, (2) specific reserves for risk-rated credits based on probable losses on an individual or portfolio basis and (3) qualitative reserves based upon current economic conditions and other risk factors.

The loan portfolio is stratified into loan classifications that have similar risk characteristics. The general allowance is based upon historical loss rates using a three-year rolling average of the historical loss experienced within each loan segment.

Table of Contents

The qualitative factors used to adjust the historical loss experience address various risk characteristics of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio include evaluating: (1) trends in delinquencies and other non-performing loans, (2) changes in the risk profile related to large loans in the portfolio, (3) changes in the growth trends of categories of loans comprising the loan and lease portfolio, (4) concentrations of loans and leases to specific industry segments, (5) changes in economic conditions on both a local and national level, (6) quality of loan review and board oversight, (7) changes in lending policies and procedures, and (8) changes in lending staff. Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation. Adjustments to the factors are supported through documentation of changes in conditions in a report accompanying the allowance calculation.

The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into risk rating categories. The borrower’s overall financial condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated annually for commercial and construction and development loans or when credit deficiencies arise, such as delinquent loan payments, for all loans. Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss. Loans classified as special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If uncorrected, the potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects. Loans classified as substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the repayment of the debt. They include loans that are inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified substandard with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions and facts, is highly improbable. Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible and are charged to the allowance. Loans not classified as special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss are rated pass.

The specific reserves are determined utilizing standards required under ASC Topic 310. The Company identifies a loan as impaired when it is probable that interest and principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Non-accrual loans and loans restructured under a TDR are evaluated for impairment on an individual basis considering all known relevant factors that may affect loan collectability such as the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment record, support available from financial guarantors and the sufficiency of current collateral values (current appraisals or rent rolls for income producing properties), and risks inherent in different kinds of lending (such as source of repayment, quality of borrower and concentration of credit quality). Non-accrual loans that experience insignificant payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral. The Company obtains third-party appraisals or real estate brokers’ opinions (“BPOs”) to establish the fair value of real estate collateral. Appraised values or BPOs are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable aging or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. A specific reserve is established for an impaired loan for the amount that the carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. Once a loan is determined to be impaired it will be deducted from the portfolio balance and the net remaining balance of the portfolio will be used in the general and qualitative analysis. A specific reserve is established for an impaired loan for the amount that the carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.

Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan and lease portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance is adequate at December 31, 2014. However, its determination requires significant judgment, and estimates of probable losses inherent in the credit portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed. While

Table of Contents

management uses the best information available to make allowance evaluations, adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance. In addition, the FDIC, as an integral part of its examination processes, periodically reviews our allowance for loan and lease losses. The FDIC may require the recognition of adjustments to the allowance for loan and lease losses based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examinations. To the extent that actual outcomes differ from management’s estimates, additional provisions to the allowance for loan and lease losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.

Other Real Estate Owned

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Foreclosed real estate properties acquired through the tax certificate portfolio are transferred at the lower of cost or fair value principally due to uncertainty around the fair value of the foreclosed properties. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value less costs to sell. Third-party appraisals or agreements of sale are utilized to determine fair value of the loan collateral while BPOs, agreements of sale, or in some cases, third-party appraisals are utilized to value properties from the tax certificate portfolio. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in non-interest expenses. For fair value measurement, OREO is included in level 3 assets on a non-recurring basis.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is computed primarily using the modified accelerated cost recovery system (“MACRS”) over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the terms of the related leases. Expected term includes lease options periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Royal Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. These policies are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at their cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized. Income from these policies and changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in other income.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company’s advertising costs were $357,000 and $209,000 for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Benefit Plans

The Company has a noncontributory nonqualified, defined benefit pension plan covering certain eligible employees. The Plan provides retirement benefits under pension trust agreements. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation during the highest three consecutive years during the last 10 years of employment. In accordance with ASC Topic 715, ”Compensation – Retirement Benefits” (“ASC Topic 715”), the Company recognizes the Plan’s over-funded or under-funded status as an asset or liability with an offsetting adjustment to AOCI. ASC Topic 715 requires the determination of the fair value of a plan’s assets at the company’s year-end and the recognition of actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, transition assets or obligations as a component of AOCI. These amounts were previously netted against the plan’s funded status in the Company’s consolidated Balance Sheet. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods that are not initially recognized as a component of net periodic benefit costs will be recognized as a component of AOCI. Those amounts will subsequently be recorded as component of net periodic benefit costs as they are amortized during future periods. Net pension expense consists of service costs and interest costs and are actually

Table of Contents

determined. The Company accrues pension costs as incurred. The Plan does not have assets and benefit payments are expected to be made from insurance policies owned by the Company.

The Company has a capital accumulation and salary reduction plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under the plan, all employees are eligible to contribute up to the maximum allowed by Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regulation, with the Company matching 100% of any contribution between 1% and 5% subject to a $2,500 per employee annual limit. During 2014, the Company reinstated the 401(k) contribution and recorded a matching contribution expense of $147,000. For 2013, there was no matching contribution.

Stock Compensation

FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (“ASC Topic 718”) requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in consolidated financial statements. The costs are measured based on the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. ASC Topic 718 covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including stock options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and employee share purchase plans. The effect of ASC Topic 718 is to require entities to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for stock options based on the grant-date fair value of the award, and to recognize the cost over the period the employee is required to provide services for the award. ASC Topic 718 permits entities to use any option-pricing model that meets the fair value objective in the Statement. The Company recorded compensation expense relating to stock options and restricted stock of $17,000 and $22,000 during 2014 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had a director stock-based plan, an employee stock-based plan, and a long-term incentive compensation plan, which are more fully described in “Note 18 – Stock Compensation Plans” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Trust Preferred Securities

Royal Bancshares Capital Trust I/II (“Trusts”) issued mandatory redeemable preferred stock to investors and loaned the proceeds to the Company. The Trusts hold, as their sole asset, subordinated debentures issued by the Company in 2004. The Company does not consolidate the Trusts as ASC Topic 810 precludes consideration of the call option embedded in the preferred stock when determining if the Company has the right to a majority of the Trusts expected returns. The non-consolidation results in the investment in common stock of the Trusts to be included in other assets with a corresponding increase in outstanding debt of $774,000. In addition, the income accrued on the Company’s common stock investments is included in other income. Refer to “Note 10 – Borrowings and Subordinated Debentures” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Derivatives and Hedging

In support of its asset liability management process, the Company will implement derivative hedging strategies with the intent of reducing interest rate risk and economic value of equity risk. The Company accounts for derivatives in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC Topic 815”). The Company formally designates its derivatives as cash flow hedges and documents the strategy for entering into the transactions and the method of assessing ongoing effectiveness. Changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) until the underlying forecasted transaction is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is recognized in earnings immediately. To determine fair value, the Company uses third party pricing models that incorporate assumptions about market conditions and risks that are current at the reporting date. The Company does not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

Derivative instruments qualify for hedge accounting treatment only if they are designated as such on the date on which the derivative contracted is entered and are expected to be, and are, effective in substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the assets and liabilities identified as exposing the Company to risk. Those derivative financial instruments that do not meet the hedging criteria discussed below would be classified as undesignated derivatives and would be recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income.

Table of Contents

Derivative hedge contracts must meet specific effectiveness tests (i.e., over time the change in their fair values due to the designated hedge risk must be within 80 to 125 percent of the opposite change in the fair values of the hedged assets or liabilities). Changes in fair value of the derivative financial instruments must be effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged items due to the designated hedge risk during the term of the hedge.

The Company formally assesses, both at the hedges’ inception, and on an on-going basis, whether derivatives used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives are expected to remain highly effective in subsequent periods. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when (a) it determines that a derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of a hedged item; (b) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (c) probability exists that the forecasted transaction will no longer occur; or (d) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. In all cases in which hedge accounting is discontinued and a derivative remains outstanding, the Company will carry the derivative at fair value in the consolidated financial statements, recognizing changes in fair value in current period income in the consolidated statement of income. Cash flows resulting from the derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as hedges of assets and liabilities are classified in the cash flow statement in the same category as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740-10, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which includes guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which sets out a consistent framework to determine the appropriate level of tax reserves to maintain for uncertain tax positions. The Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company’s policy is to account for interest as a component of interest expense and penalties as a component of other expense.

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Income taxes are allocated to the Company and its subsidiaries based on the contribution of their income or use of their loss in the consolidated return. Separate state income tax returns are filed by the Company and its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2014, tax years 2011 through 2013 are subject to federal examination by the IRS and years 2010 through 2013 are subject to state examination by various state taxing authorities. Tax regulations are subject to interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply.

Federal and state income taxes have been provided on the basis of reported income or loss. The amounts reflected on the tax returns differ from these provisions due principally to temporary differences in the reporting of certain items for financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. The tax effect of these temporary differences is accounted for as deferred taxes applicable to future periods. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets (“DTA”) and liabilities (“DTL”) for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including past operating results and our forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, assumptions are made for the amount of taxable income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. While these estimates and judgments are inherently subjective, they are consistent with the plans and estimates management uses to manage the Company’s business.

The Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income or shareholders' equity if management determines, based on all available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. At December 31, 2014, the DTA valuation allowance was $39.1 million compared to $37.2 million at December 31, 2013. In the future, the DTA valuation allowance may be reversed, depending on the Company’s financial position and results of

Table of Contents

operations in the future, among other factors, and, in such event, may be available to increase future net income. There can be no assurance, however, as to when the Company could be in a position to recapture the DTA valuation allowance.

The Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) or accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2014. We do not expect the total amount of UTB to significantly increase in the next twelve months. We classify interest and penalties as an element of tax expense. We monitor changes in tax statutes and regulations to determine if significant changes will occur over the next 12 months. As of December 31, 2014 no significant changes to UTB are projected; however, tax audit examinations are possible.

Treasury Stock

Shares of common stock repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost.

Earnings (Losses) Per Share Information

Basic per share data excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted per share data takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock, using the treasury stock method.

The Class B shares of the Company may be converted to Class A shares at the rate of 1.15 to 1.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company reports comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income” (“ASC Topic 220”), which requires the reporting of all changes in equity during the reporting period except investments from and distributions to shareholders. Net income (loss) is a component of comprehensive income (loss) with all other components referred to in the aggregate as other comprehensive income (loss). Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on available for sale investment securities, non-credit related losses on other-than-temporarily impaired investment securities, adjustment to net periodic pension cost, and adjustment to the value of swaps.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

For information on the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments refer to “Note 21 - Fair Value of Financial Instruments” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restrictions on Cash and Amounts Due From Banks

Royal Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand with the Federal Reserve Bank. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, these reserve balances amounted to $100,000.

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, Receivables (Topic 310): Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40) Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (“ASU 2014-04”). ASC Topic 310 includes guidance that states that a creditor should reclassify a collateralized mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the collateral asset recognized when it determines that there has been in substance a repossession or foreclosure by the creditor, that is, the creditor receives physical possession of the debtor’s assets regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place. However, the terms in substance a repossession or foreclosure and physical possession are not defined in the accounting literature and there is diversity about when a creditor should derecognize the loan receivable and recognize the real estate property. That diversity has been highlighted by recent extended foreclosure timelines and processes related to residential real estate properties.

Table of Contents

The objectives in ASU 2014-04 are intended to reduce diversity in practice by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. Holding foreclosed real estate property presents different operational and economic risk to creditors compared with holding an impaired loan. Therefore, consistency in the timing of loan derecognition and presentation of foreclosed real estate properties is of qualitative significance to users of the creditor’s financial statements. Additionally, the disclosure of the amount of foreclosed residential real estate properties and of the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties that are in the process of foreclosure is expected to provide decision-useful information to many users of the creditor’s financial statements. The amendments in ASU 2014-04 are effective for public companies for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in ASU 2014-04 using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. The adoption of ASU 2014-04 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08 Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity (“ASU 2014-08”). The amendments in ASU 2014-08 change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations for all public and nonpublic entities. Currently, a component of an entity that is a reportable segment, an operating segment, a reporting unit, a subsidiary, or an asset group is eligible for discontinued operations presentation. Once the amendments of ASU 2014-08 take effect, only those disposals of components of an entity that represent a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results will be reported as discontinued operations in the financial statements. The amendments also require new disclosures about discontinued operations and disposals of components of an entity that do not qualify for discontinued operations reporting. The amendments in ASU 2014-08 are effective for public companies for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted but only for disposals (or classifications as held for sale) that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. The adoption of ASU 2014-08 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. FASB and the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) initiated a joint project to develop a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS. The core principle of the guidance in ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The amendments in ASU 2014-09 are effective for public companies for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) - Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period (“ASU 2014-12”). The amendments in ASU 2014-12 require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. The performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. The total amount of compensation cost recognized during and after the requisite service period should reflect the number of awards that are expected to vest and should be adjusted to reflect those awards that ultimately vest. The requisite service period ends when the employee can cease rendering service and still be eligible to vest in the award if the performance target is achieved. The amendments in ASU 2014-12 are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in this ASU either: (a) prospectively to all awards

Table of Contents

granted or modified after the effective date; or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. The adoption of ASU 2014-12 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 2.Regulatory Matters and Significant Risks or Uncertainties

FDIC and Department of Banking Memorandum of Understanding

During the fourth quarter of 2011, Royal Bank entered into an informal agreement, known as a memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with each of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (the “Department”). By letter dated February 3, 2015, the FDIC and the Department notified the Bank that, as a result of management meeting the requirements of the MOU, the MOU was terminated as of that date.

Federal Reserve Memorandum of Understanding

In March 2010, the Company agreed to enter into a written agreement (the “Federal Reserve Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (the “Federal Reserve Bank”). In July 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System terminated the enforcement action under the Federal Reserve Agreement, and it was replaced with an informal non-public agreement, an MOU, with the Federal Reserve Bank, effective July 17, 2013. Included in this MOU are certain continued reporting requirements and a requirement that the Company receive the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank and the Director of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System prior to declaring or paying any dividends on the Company’s capital stock, making interest payments related to the Company’s outstanding trust preferred securities or subordinate securities, incurring or guaranteeing certain debt with an original maturity date greater than one year, and purchasing or redeeming any shares of stock. Please refer to “Dividend and Interest Restrictions” below for a discussion on the partial redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock. The MOU will remain in effect until stayed, modified, terminated or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve Bank.

Dividend and Interest Restrictions

On August 13, 2009, the Company’s Board suspended the regular quarterly cash dividends on the 30,407 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and, accordingly, the Company is not permitted at this time to pay dividends on our Class A or Class B Common Stock. Additionally, under the terms of the Federal Reserve MOU, we are prohibited from redeeming the Series A Preferred Stock, which included participating in a TARP auction, or paying any dividends on shares of our stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

The Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank to bid up to $14.0 million, which was raised in a private placement, to purchase shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in an auction of such shares to be conducted by the United States Department of Treasury (“Treasury”). On June 20, 2014, Treasury announced that it had priced auctions of preferred stock of six institutions, including all of the 30,407 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, issued by the Company to the Treasury in 2009. The Series A Preferred Stock was priced in the auction at $1,207.11 per share for all 30,407 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. As previously disclosed, the Company was a bidder in the auction and was allocated 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for repurchase at the clearing price of $1,207.11. Closing for the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock by Treasury, including the repurchase of 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock by the Company, occurred on July 2, 2014. The dividend in arrears on the remaining 18,856 shares of Series A preferred stock is approximately $6.6 million. In the event the Company declared the preferred dividend in arrears the Company’s equity and capital ratios would be negatively affected; however, they would remain above the required minimum ratios.

Under the Federal Reserve MOU, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends on the Company’s capital stock or make interest payments related to the Company’s outstanding trust preferred securities or subordinate securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of

Table of Contents

the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. During the 2014, the Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank and paid all quarterly interest payments on the trust preferred securities.

Note 3.Investment Securities

The carrying value and fair value of investment securities available for sale (“AFS”) at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:


As of December 31, 2014			Included in OCI*
			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		unrealized		unrealized
(In thousands)	cost		gains		losses		Fair value
U.S. government agencies	$	26,123	$	—	$	(834)	$	25,289
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		22,073		375		(61)		22,387
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		167,711		2,350		(1,084)		168,977
Non-agency		3,738		7		(14)		3,731
Corporate bonds		15,617		144		(34)		15,727
Municipal bonds		10,117		91		(35)		10,173
Other securities		2,684		1,350		—		4,034
Common stocks		33		17		—		50
Total available for sale	$	248,096	$	4,334	$	(2,062)	$	250,368


As of December 31, 2013			Included in OCL*
			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		unrealized		unrealized
(In thousands)	cost		gains		losses		Fair value
U.S. government agencies	$	68,207	$	—	$	(6,171)	$	62,036
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		32,769		210		(882)		32,097
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		188,194		2,887		(1,978)		189,103
Non-agency		4,454		25		—		4,479
Corporate bonds		9,669		25		(256)		9,438
Municipal bonds		7,163		—		(263)		6,900
Other securities		3,363		1,405		(143)		4,625
Common stocks		33		16		—		49
Total available for sale	$	313,852	$	4,568	$	(9,693)	$	308,727

* OCI: Other comprehensive income; OCL: Other comprehensive loss

Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.


	As of December 31, 2014
	Amortized
(In thousands)	cost		Fair value
Within 1 year	$	—	$	—
After 1 but within 5 years		17,429		17,329
After 5 but within 10 years		25,316		25,054
After 10 years		9,112		8,806
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		22,073		22,387
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		167,711		168,977
Non-agency		3,738		3,731
Total available for sale debt securities		245,379		246,284
No contractual maturity		2,717		4,084
Total available for sale securities	$	248,096	$	250,368

Proceeds from the sales of AFS investments during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $72.3 and $31.0 million, respectively. The following table summarizes gross realized gains and losses on the sale of securities recognized in earnings in the periods indicated:


	For the year ended
	ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Gross realized gains	$	1,327	$	416
Gross realized losses		(950)		(258)
Net realized gains (losses)	$	377	$	158

The Company recorded $41,000 in OTTI charges in 2014 related to one private equity investment. The Company did not record OTTI charges to earnings during 2013. There was no credit-related impairment losses on debt securities held at December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013 for which a portion of OTTI was recognized in other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2014, investment securities with a market value of $104.0 million were pledged as collateral for borrowings.

Table of Contents

The tables below indicate the length of time individual AFS securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:


December 31, 2014	Less than 12 months					12 months or longer					Total
			Gross		Number			Gross		Number			Gross		Number
			unrealized		of			unrealized		of			unrealized		of
(In thousands)	Fair value		losses		positions	Fair value		losses		positions	Fair value		losses		positions
U.S. government agencies	$	—	$	—	—	$	25,289	$	(834)	8	$	25,289	$	(834)	8
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		—		—	—		8,913		(61)	3		8,913		(61)	3
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		36,757		(204)	12		38,798		(880)	12		75,555		(1,084)	24
Non-agency		1,432		(14)	1		—		—	—		1,432		(14)	1
Corporate bonds		8,054		(25)	5		991		(9)	1		9,045		(34)	6
Municipal bonds		1,639		(7)	2		3,079		(28)	4		4,718		(35)	6
Total available for sale	$	47,882	$	(250)	20	$	77,070	$	(1,812)	28	$	124,952	$	(2,062)	48


December 31, 2013	Less than 12 months					12 months or longer					Total
			Gross		Number			Gross		Number			Gross		Number
			unrealized		of			unrealized		of			unrealized		of
(In thousands)	Fair value		losses		positions	Fair value		losses		positions	Fair value		losses		positions
U.S. government agencies	$	48,919	$	(5,035)	16	$	12,267	$	(1,136)	5	$	61,186	$	(6,171)	21
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		18,045		(518)	7		6,276		(364)	2		24,321		(882)	9
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		67,240		(1,446)	21		9,974		(532)	3		77,214		(1,978)	24
Corporate bonds		4,848		(221)	5		965		(35)	1		5,813		(256)	6
Municipal bonds		3,019		(102)	5		3,881		(161)	4		6,900		(263)	9
Other securities		—		—	—		301		(143)	2		301		(143)	2
Total available for sale	$	142,071	$	(7,322)	54	$	33,664	$	(2,371)	17	$	175,735	$	(9,693)	71

At December 31, 2014 investment securities were $250.4 million with a net unrealized gain of $2.3 million compared to $308.7 million with a net unrealized loss of $5.1 million at December 31, 2013.

Common stocks: As of December 31, 2014, the Company had two common stocks of financial institutions with a total fair value of $50,000 and an unrealized gain of $17,000.

For all debt security types discussed below the fair value is based on prices provided by brokers and safekeeping custodians.

U.S. government-sponsored agencies (“U.S. Agency”): As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 8 U.S. Agency securities with a fair value of $25.3 million and gross unrealized losses of $834,000. All 8 bonds had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer at December 31, 2014. Management believes that the unrealized losses on these debt securities are a function of changes in investment spreads. Management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. The Company does not intend to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis and has not determined that it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their cost

Table of Contents

basis. Therefore, management has determined that these securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government sponsored enterprises: As of December 31, 2014, the Company had three mortgage-backed securities with a fair value of $8.9 million and gross unrealized losses of $61,000. The three mortgage-backed securities had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer. The unrealized loss is attributable to a combination of factors, including relative changes in interest rates since the time of purchase. The contractual cash flows for these securities are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. Based on its assessment of these factors, management believes that the unrealized losses on these debt securities are a function of changes in investment spreads and interest rate movements and not as a result of changes in credit quality. Management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. The Company does not intend to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis and has not determined that it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis. Therefore, management has determined that these securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

U.S. government issued or sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations (“Agency CMOs”): As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 24 Agency CMOs with a fair value of $75.6 million and gross unrealized losses of $1.1 million. Twelve of the Agency CMOs had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer and the other 12 Agency CMOs have been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months. The unrealized loss is attributable to a combination of factors, including relative changes in interest rates since the time of purchase. The contractual cash flows for these securities are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. Based on its assessment of these factors, management believes that the unrealized losses on these debt securities are a function of changes in investment spreads and interest rate movements and not as a result of changes in credit quality. Management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. The Company does not intend to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis and has not determined that it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis. Therefore, management has determined that these securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“Non-agency CMOs”): As of December 31, 2014, the Company had one non-agency CMO with a fair value of $1.4 million and a gross unrealized loss of $14,000. The bond has been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months. The Company does not intend to sell this security before recovery of its cost basis, and it is not more likely than not that the Company be required to sell this security before recovery of its cost basis. Therefore, management has determined that this security is not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Corporate bonds: As of December 31, 2014, the Company had six corporate bonds with a fair value of $9.0 million and gross unrealized losses of $34,000. One of the corporate bonds had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer and five bonds had been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months. These bonds were investment grade. The Company’s unrealized losses in investments in these corporate bonds represent interest rate risk and not credit risk of the underlying issuers. As previously mentioned management also considered (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value is less than the amortized cost, (2) the Company’s intent to hold or sell the security, (3) the financial condition and results of the issuer including changes in capital, (4) the credit rating of the issuer, (5) analysts’ earnings estimates, (6) industry trends specific to the security, and (7) timing of debt maturity and status of debt payments. Based on the analysis, there was no credit-related loss on the bonds. Because the Company does not intend to sell the corporate bonds and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the bonds before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider any of the six bonds to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Municipal bonds: As of December 31, 2014, the Company had six municipal bonds with a fair value $4.7 million and gross unrealized losses of $35,000. Two of the municipal bonds had been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and four municipal bonds had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer. Because the Company does not intend to sell the bonds and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the bond before recovery of its amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider the bonds to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Table of Contents

Other securities: As of December 31, 2014, the Company had six investments in private equity funds which were predominantly invested in real estate. In determining whether or not OTTI exists, the Company reviews the funds’ financials, asset values, and near-term projections. During 2014, an OTTI charge of $41,000 was recorded on one private equity investment. Management concluded that the impairment on this investment was other-than-temporary.

The Company will continue to monitor these investments to determine if the discounted cash flow analysis, continued negative trends, market valuations or credit defaults result in impairment that is other than temporary.

Note 4.Loans and Leases

At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s LHFS were $0 and $1.4 million, respectively. LHFS at December 31, 2013 were comprised of three loans. The three loans that constituted the balance at December 31, 2013 were sold during the first quarter of 2014. During 2014, the Company transferred $3.2 million to LHFS from LHFI at fair value using expected net sales proceeds. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company received net proceeds of $3.8 million and recorded net gains of $232,000 as a result of loan sales.

Major classifications of LHFI are as follows:


	December 31,		December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Commercial real estate	$	175,038	$	148,293
Construction and land development		45,662		45,261
Commercial and industrial		76,489		79,589
Multi-family		13,823		11,737
Residential real estate		42,992		25,535
Leases		51,583		42,524
Tax certificates		7,191		12,716
Consumer		2,354		826
Total LHFI, net of unearned income	$	415,132	$	366,481

The Company uses a nine point grading risk classification system commonly used in the financial services industry as the credit quality indicator. The first four classifications are rated Pass. The riskier classifications include Pass-Watch, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. The risk rating is related to the underlying credit quality and probability of default. These risk ratings are used in the calculation of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Pass: includes credits that demonstrate a low probability of default;

Pass-watch: a warning classification which includes credits that are beginning to demonstrate above average risk through declining earnings, strained cash flows, increased leverage and/or weakening market fundamentals;

Special mention: includes credits that have potential weaknesses that if left uncorrected could weaken the credit or result in inadequate protection of the Company’s position at some future date. While potentially weak, credits in this classification are marginally acceptable and loss of principal or interest is not anticipated;

Substandard accrual: includes credits that exhibit a well-defined weakness which currently jeopardizes the repayment of debt and liquidation of collateral even though they are currently performing. These credits are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company may incur a loss in the future if these weaknesses are not corrected;

Table of Contents

Non-accrual (substandard non-accrual, doubtful, loss): includes credits that demonstrate serious problems to the point that it is probable that interest and principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

All loans, at the time of presentation to the appropriate loan committee, are given an initial loan risk rating by the Chief Credit Officer (“CCO”). From time to time, and at the general direction of any of the various loan committees, the ratings may be changed based on the findings of that committee. Items considered in assigning ratings include the financial strength of the borrower and/or guarantors, the type of collateral, the collateral lien position, the type of loan and loan structure, any potential risk inherent in the specific loan type, higher than normal monitoring of the loan or any other factor deemed appropriate by any of the various committees for changing the rating of the loan. Any such change in rating is reflected in the minutes of that committee.

The following tables present risk ratings for each loan portfolio classification at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, excluding LHFS.


As of December 31, 2014
(In thousands)	Pass		Pass-Watch		Special Mention		Substandard		Non-accrual		Total
Commercial real estate	$	140,045	$	27,229	$	2,512	$	1,568	$	3,684	$	175,038
Construction and land development		12,861		32,165		—		—		636		45,662
Commercial and industrial		60,500		8,527		1,608		3,337		2,517		76,489
Multi-family		12,995		310		518		—		—		13,823
Residential real estate		42,033		—		—		—		959		42,992
Leases		51,113		152		1		—		317		51,583
Tax certificates		5,491		—		—		—		1,700		7,191
Consumer		2,194		160		—		—		—		2,354
Total LHFI, net of unearned income	$	327,232	$	68,543	$	4,639	$	4,905	$	9,813	$	415,132


As of December 31, 2013
(In thousands)	Pass		Pass-Watch		Special Mention		Substandard		Non-accrual		Total
Commercial real estate	$	99,525	$	32,267	$	11,572	$	2,604	$	2,325	$	148,293
Construction and land development		14,677		16,270		11,095		569		2,650		45,261
Commercial and industrial		50,478		10,508		5,735		9,239		3,629		79,589
Multi-family		10,792		410		535		—		—		11,737
Residential real estate		24,903		—		—		—		632		25,535
Leases		41,325		485		247		—		467		42,524
Tax certificates		12,262		—		—		—		454		12,716
Consumer		750		76		—		—		—		826
Total LHFI, net of unearned income	$	254,712	$	60,016	$	29,184	$	12,412	$	10,157	$	366,481

Table of Contents

The following tables present an aging analysis of past due payments for each loan portfolio classification at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, excluding LHFS.


As of December 31, 2014	30-59 Days		60-89 Days		Accruing
(In thousands)	Past Due		Past Due		90+ Days		Non-accrual		Current		Total
Commercial real estate	$	311	$	533	$	—	$	3,684	$	170,510	$	175,038
Construction and land development		—		—		—		636		45,026		45,662
Commercial and industrial		92		449		—		2,517		73,431		76,489
Multi-family		—		—		—		—		13,823		13,823
Residential real estate		165		162		—		959		41,706		42,992
Leases		152		1		—		317		51,113		51,583
Tax certificates		—		—		—		1,700		5,491		7,191
Consumer		—		—		—		—		2,354		2,354
Total LHFI, net of unearned income	$	720	$	1,145	$	—	$	9,813	$	403,454	$	415,132


As of December 31, 2013	30-59 Days		60-89 Days		Accruing
(In thousands)	Past Due		Past Due		90+ Days		Non-accrual		Current		Total
Commercial real estate	$	996	$	—	$	—	$	2,325	$	144,972	$	148,293
Construction and land development		—		—		—		2,650		42,611		45,261
Commercial and industrial		115		49		—		3,629		75,796		79,589
Multi-family		—		—		—		—		11,737		11,737
Residential real estate		458		262		—		632		24,183		25,535
Leases		485		247		—		467		41,325		42,524
Tax certificates		—		—		—		454		12,262		12,716
Consumer		—		—		—		—		826		826
Total LHFI, net of unearned income	$	2,054	$	558	$	—	$	10,157	$	353,712	$	366,481

The Company has originated loans to the officers and directors of the Company and to their associates. In accordance with Regulation O, related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans and commitments was $0 and $234,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013. During 2014, there were no new related party loans. Total payments received on related party loans in 2014 were $100,000. Additionally, a $134,000 loan is no longer reported under Regulation O guidelines.

Total non-accrual LHFI at December 31, 2014 were $9.8 million compared to $10.2 million at December 31, 2013. If interest had accrued on these loans, such income would have been approximately $1.0 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the Company had no loans past due 90 days or more on which interest continues to accrue.

Impaired Loans

Total cash collected on impaired loans during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $7.0 million and $16.1 million respectively, of which $6.4 million and $15.3 million was credited to the principal balance outstanding on such loans, respectively.

Table of Contents

	For the years ended
	December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Average investment in impaired loans and leases (1)	$	17,077	$	24,714
Interest income recognized on impaired loans and leases	$	377	$	559
Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans and leases	$	377	$	27

(1)

Includes LHFI and LHFS

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The following table details the Company’s TDRs that are on an accrual status and non-accrual status at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.


	As of December 31, 2014
				Non-
	Number of	Accrual		Accrual
(In thousands)	loans	Status		Status		Total TDRs
Commercial real estate	2	$	2,856	$	—	$	2,856
Construction and land development	3		47		636		683
Commercial and industrial	6		3,670		1,448		5,118
Residential real estate	1		—		102		102
Total	12	$	6,573	$	2,186	$	8,759


	As of December 31, 2013
				Non-
	Number of	Accrual		Accrual
(In thousands)	loans	Status		Status		Total TDRs
Commercial real estate	3	$	3,847	$	—	$	3,847
Construction and land development	4		1,257		479		1,736
Commercial and industrial	3		4,420		1,960		6,380
Residential real estate	2		—		121		121
Total	12	$	9,524	$	2,560	$	12,084

At December 31, 2014, all of the TDRs were in compliance with their restructured terms.

The following tables present newly restructured loans that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.


	Modifications by type for the year ended December 31, 2014
												Pre-		Post-
												Modification		Modification
												Outstanding		Outstanding
	Number of							Combination				Recorded		Recorded
(Dollars in thousands)	loans	Rate		Term		Payment		of types		Total		Investment		Investment
Commercial and industrial	3	$	—	$	232	$	—	$	27	$	259	$	261	$	261
Total	3	$	—	$	232	$	—	$	27	$	259	$	261	$	261

Table of Contents


	Modifications by type for the year ended December 31, 2013
												Pre-		Post-
												Modification		Modification
												Outstanding		Outstanding
	Number of							Combination				Recorded		Recorded
(Dollars in thousands)	loans	Rate		Term		Payment		of types		Total		Investment		Investment
Commercial real estate	2	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,705	$	3,705	$	3,761	$	3,761
Commercial and industrial	1		—		—		—		82		82		87		87
Total	3	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,787	$	3,787	$	3,848	$	3,848

Note 5.Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following tables present the detail of the allowance and the loan portfolio disaggregated by loan portfolio classification as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Loans Held for Investment

For the year ended December 31, 2014


			Construction
	Commercial		and land		Commercial		Multi-		Residential				Tax
(In thousands)	real estate		development		and industrial		family		real estate		Leases		certificates		Consumer		Unallocated		Total
Beginning balance	$	5,498	$	2,316	$	3,006	$	402	$	473	$	1,223	$	555	$	15	$	183	$	13,671
Charge-offs		(354)		(172)		(452)		—		—		(793)		(350)		—		—		(2,121)
Recoveries		—		940		27		—		15		42		1		—		—		1,025
(Credit) provision		(692)		(792)		(801)		(117)		128		957		461		23		(34)		(867)
Ending balance	$	4,452	$	2,292	$	1,780	$	285	$	616	$	1,429	$	667	$	38	$	149	$	11,708
Ending balance: related to loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	200	$	—	$	301	$	—	$	28	$	80	$	432	$	—	$	—	$	1,041
Ending balance: related to loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	4,252	$	2,292	$	1,479	$	285	$	588	$	1,349	$	235	$	38	$	149	$	10,667
LHFI
Ending balance	$	175,038	$	45,662	$	76,489	$	13,823	$	42,992	$	51,583	$	7,191	$	2,354	$	—	$	415,132
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	6,795	$	683	$	5,846	$	—	$	959	$	95	$	1,700	$	—	$	—	$	16,078
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	168,243	$	44,979	$	70,643	$	13,823	$	42,033	$	51,488	$	5,491	$	2,354	$	—	$	399,054

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Loans Held for Investment

For the year ended December 31, 2013


			Construction
	Commercial		and land		Commercial		Multi-		Residential				Tax
(In thousands)	real estate		development		and industrial		family		real estate		Leases		certificates		Consumer		Unallocated		Total
Beginning balance	$	8,750	$	2,987	$	1,924	$	654	$	1,098	$	1,108	$	472	$	29	$	239	$	17,261
Charge-offs		(1,684)		(820)		(383)		—		(46)		(382)		(578)		—		—		(3,893)
Recoveries		600		297		17		—		158		29		74		—		—		1,175
(Credit) provision		(2,168)		(148)		1,448		(252)		(737)		468		587		(14)		(56)		(872)
Ending balance	$	5,498	$	2,316	$	3,006	$	402	$	473	$	1,223	$	555	$	15	$	183	$	13,671
Ending balance: related to loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	331	$	—	$	452	$	—	$	19	$	60	$	24	$	—	$	—	$	886
Ending balance: related to loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	5,167	$	2,316	$	2,554	$	402	$	454	$	1,163	$	531	$	15	$	183	$	12,785
LHFI
Ending balance	$	148,293	$	45,261	$	79,589	$	11,737	$	25,535	$	42,524	$	12,716	$	826	$	—	$	366,481
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	5,325	$	3,907	$	8,049	$	—	$	632	$	139	$	454	$	—	$	—	$	18,506
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	142,968	$	41,354	$	71,540	$	11,737	$	24,903	$	42,385	$	12,262	$	826	$	—	$	347,975

Table of Contents

The following tables detail the LHFI that were evaluated for impairment by loan classification at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.


	At and for the December 31, 2014
	Unpaid						Average		Interest
	principal		Recorded		Related		recorded		income
(In thousands)	balance		investment		allowance		investment		recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	6,632	$	6,113	$	—	$	5,089	$	98
Construction and land development		894		683		—		2,233		71
Commercial and industrial		5,358		5,118		—		5,786		208
Tax certificates		1,120		890		—		867		—
Total:	$	14,004	$	12,804	$	—	$	13,975	$	377


With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	926	$	682	$	200	$	529	$	—
Construction and land development		—		—		—		145		—
Commercial and industrial		2,500		728		301		688		—
Residential real estate		1,068		959		28		864		—
Leases		95		95		80		108		—
Tax certificates		4,835		810		432		145		—
Total:	$	9,424	$	3,274	$	1,041	$	2,479	$	—

Table of Contents


	At and for the year ended December 31, 2013
	Unpaid						Average		Interest
	principal		Recorded		Related		recorded		income
(In thousands)	balance		investment		allowance		investment		recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	4,429	$	4,158	$	—	$	7,956	$	73
Construction and land development		9,850		3,907		—		3,933		209
Commercial and industrial		6,693		6,491		—		5,960		250
Residential real estate		—		—		—		84		27
Tax certificates		179		115		—		167		—
Total:	$	21,151	$	14,671	$	—	$	18,100	$	559


With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	1,435	$	1,435	$	331	$	1,879	$	—
Construction and land development		—		—		—		381		—
Commercial and industrial		2,592		1,290		452		2,456		—
Residential real estate		827		631		19		492		—
Leases		139		139		60		106		—
Tax certificates		4,322		340		24		341		—
Total:	$	9,315	$	3,835	$	886	$	5,655	$	—

Note 6.Other Real Estate Owned

At December 31, 2014, OREO is comprised of three real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of foreclosure in settlement of loans and 79 real estate properties acquired through foreclosure related to tax liens. Set forth below are tables which detail the changes in OREO from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.


	For the year ended December 31, 2014
(In thousands)	Loans		Tax Liens		Total
Beginning balance	$	1,725	$	7,892	$	9,617
Net proceeds from sales		(1,336)		(2,970)		(4,306)
Net gains on sales		59		684		743
Transfers in		—		2,919		2,919
Cash additions		—		1,330		1,330
Impairment charge		(99)		(425)		(524)
Ending balance	$	349	$	9,430	$	9,779

Table of Contents


	For the year ended December 31, 2013
(In thousands)	Loans		Tax Liens		Total
Beginning balance	$	11,365	$	2,070	$	13,435
Net proceeds from sales		(8,869)		(3,910)		(12,779)
Net gain on sales		228		1,199		1,427
Transfers in		100		8,951		9,051
Impairment charge		(1,099)		(418)		(1,517)
Ending balance	$	1,725	$	7,892	$	9,617

At December 31, 2014, OREO was comprised of $229,000 in land, $9.4 million in tax liens, and residential real estate, related to a condominium construction project in Minneapolis, Minnesota in which the Company is a participant with a fair value of $120,000. At December 31, 2014, OREO assets acquired through the tax lien portfolio were comprised of 79 properties and were primarily located in New Jersey.

NOTE 7 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):


		As of December 31,
(In thousands)	Estimated Useful Lives	2014		2013
Land		$	2,135	$	2,200
Buildings and leasehold improvements	5 - 39 years		6,160		6,225
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3 - 7 years		7,694		7,006
			15,989		15,431
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization			(10,788)		(10,956)
Premises and equipment, net		$	5,201	$	4,475

Depreciation and amortization expense related to premises and equipment was approximately $569,000 and $451,000, for the years ended 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase in depreciation costs is primarily associated with the leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment costs associated with the four branch relocations and the co-location of all non-retail employees.

Table of Contents

NOTE 8 - LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leases various premises under operating lease agreements, which expire through 2024 and require minimum annual rentals. Some of these leases are cancelable. The approximate minimum rental commitments under the leases are as follows for the year ended December 31, 2014:


		As of
(In thousands)	December 31, 2014
2015		1,145
2016		1,143
2017		1,132
2018		1,115
2019		635
Thereafter		2,049
Total lease commitments	$	7,219

The leases contain options to extend for periods from one to ten years. The cost of such lease extensions is not included in the above table. Rental expense for all leases was approximately $890,000 and $785,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Note 9.Deposits

The Company’s deposit composition as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is presented below:


	December 31,		December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Demand	$	73,665	$	60,473
NOW		46,515		45,375
Money Market		166,224		164,678
Savings		18,721		17,593
Time deposits (over $100)		87,209		92,763
Time deposits (under $100)		138,091		148,082
Total deposits	$	530,425	$	528,964

Maturities of time deposits for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:


		As of
(In thousands)	December 31, 2014
2015		127,060
2016		56,604
2017		16,281
2018		8,384
2019		3,624
Thereafter		13,347
Total certificates of deposit	$	225,300

Table of Contents

Note 10.Borrowings and Subordinated Debentures

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

As of December 31, 2014, Royal Bank had $188.0 million of available borrowing capacity at the FHLB, which is based on qualifying collateral. Total advances from the FHLB were $55.0 million and had a weighted average rate of 1.36% at December 31, 2014 compared to $65.0 million and a weighted average rate of 1.19% at December 31, 2013. The average balance of advances with the FHLB was $59.4 million and $64.4 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively. The advances and the line of credit are collateralized by FHLB stock, government agencies and mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2014, investment securities with a fair value of $40.2 million were pledged as collateral to the FHLB.

Presented below are the Company’s FHLB borrowings allocated by the year in which they mature with their corresponding weighted average rates:


	As of				As of
	December 31, 2014				December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Rate		Amount		Rate
Advances maturing in
2014	$	—	—	%	$	10,000	0.24	%
2015		10,000	0.71	%		10,000	0.71	%
2016		10,000	1.11	%		10,000	1.11	%
2017		25,000	1.46	%		25,000	1.46	%
2018		10,000	2.01	%		10,000	2.01	%
Total FHLB borrowings	$	55,000			$	65,000

Other borrowings

The Company has a note payable with PNC Bank (“PNC”) at December 31, 2014 in the amount of $2.4 million compared to $2.9 million at December 31, 2013. The note’s maturity date is August 25, 2016. The interest rate is a variable rate equal to one month LIBOR + 15 basis points and adjusts monthly. The interest rate at December 31, 2014 was 0.31%.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had additional borrowings of $35.0 million from PNC which will mature on January 7, 2018, compared to $40.0 million at December 31, 2013. These borrowings have a weighted average interest rate of 3.65%. During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company pre-paid $5.0 million in principal to reduce future interest expense and incurred a prepayment penalty of $402,000. The note payable and the borrowings are secured by government agencies and mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2014, investment securities with a market value of $43.4 million were pledged as collateral to secure all $37.4 million in borrowings with PNC.

During 2014, Royal Bank secured an additional $10.0 million line of credit, of which $0 is outstanding at December 31, 2014, with a local financial institution.

Subordinated debentures

The Company has outstanding $25.0 million of Trust Preferred Securities issued through two Delaware trust affiliates, Royal Bancshares Capital Trust I (“Trust I”) and Royal Bancshares Capital Trust II (“Trust II”) (collectively, the “Trusts”). The Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $12.9 million of floating rate junior subordinated debt securities to Trust I and an aggregate principal amount of $12.9 million of fixed/floating rate junior subordinated debt securities to Trust II. Both debt securities bear an interest rate of 2.39% at December 31, 2014, and reset quarterly at 3-month LIBOR plus 2.15%.

Each of Trust I and Trust II issued an aggregate principal amount of $12.5 million of capital securities initially bearing fixed and/or fixed/floating interest rates corresponding to the debt securities held by each trust to an unaffiliated investment vehicle and an aggregate principal amount of $387,000 of common securities bearing fixed and/or fixed/floating interest

Table of Contents

rates corresponding to the debt securities held by each trust to the Company. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of the Trusts, including any distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of the capital securities.

Under the Federal Reserve Agreement as described in “Note 2 — Regulatory Matters and Significant Risks or Uncertainties” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries may not make any distributions of interest, principal, or other sums on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Company received approval and paid all accumulated deferred interest in 2013 and the required interest payments in 2014.

NOTE 11 – DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITY

In 2014, the Company entered into a forward-starting interest rate swap agreement to hedge the risk of variability in its cash flows attributable to changes in the 3 month LIBOR rate. This particular hedging objective was to reduce the interest rate risk associated with its forecasted issuances of 3 month fixed rate debt arising from a rollover strategy. This derivative was used as part of the asset/liability management process, is linked to a specific liability, and has a high correlation between the contract and the underlying item being hedged, both at inception and throughout the hedge period. The derivative was designated as cash flow hedge with the change in fair value recorded as an adjustment through other comprehensive income (loss) until the underlying forecasted transactions occur, at which time the deferred gains and losses are recognized in earnings. The Company had no interest rate derivatives as of or during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The effects of the derivative instrument on the Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2014 was as follows:


	December 31, 2014
	Notional
	Contract				Balance Sheet	Expiration
(In thousands)	Amount		Fair Value		Location	Date
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Interest rate swaps:
Effective June 24, 2016	$	15,000	$	(187)	Other liabilities	June 24, 2021
Total:	$	15,000	$	(187)


	For the year ended December 31, 2014
	Amount of Loss		Location of Loss	Amount of Loss
	Recognized		Recognized	Recognized
		in OCI	in Income	in Income
	on Derivatives		on Derivatives	on Derivatives
(In thousands)	(Effective Portion)		(Ineffective Portion)	(Ineffective Portion)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Interest rate swaps:
Effective June 24, 2016	$	(187)	Not Applicable	$	—
Total:	$	(187)		$	—

NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES

Table of Contents

The components of income tax (benefit) expense are stated below:


	For the years ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Income tax (benefit) expense
Current	$	(654)	$	42
Deferred		—		-
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(654)	$	42

The difference between the income tax (benefit) expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% in 2014 and 2013 is as follows:


	For the years ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Computed tax expense at statutory rate	$	1,645	$	731
Non-controlling interest		(186)		—
Tax-exempt income		-		(22)
Fines and penalties		28		-
Stock options expense		71		-
Nondeductible expense		18		21
Bank owned life insurance		(174)		(183)
Capital loss carryover-expired		202		-
Charitable contributions carryover-expired		2		-
Refunds-prior year amended tax return filings		(654)		-
Adjustment to prior year items		(3,584)		1,933
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		1,978		(2,438)
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	(654)	$	42

Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:


	As of December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses	$	3,495	$	4,648
Net operating loss carryforward		23,801		18,908
Asset valuation reserves		—		34
Escrow settlement reserves		—		561
Security writedowns		1,855		2,193
OREO writedowns		465		1,490
Investment in partnerships		2,046		1,805
Pension obligations		5,249		4,926
Unrealized losses on debt securities		—		2,171
Share-based compensation cost		77		143
Non-accrual interest		287		134
Capital loss carryovers		1,739		2,892
Charitable contribution carryovers		16		14
Employee bonuses		91		—
Accrued liabilities		163		—
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward		282		—
Other		149		77
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance		39,715		39,996
Deferred tax liabilities
Penalties on delinquent tax certificates		72		39
Unrealized gains on AFS debt securities		308		—
Unrealized gains on AFS equity securities		434		429
Prepaid deductions		17		190
Other		55		8
Total deferred tax liabilities		886		666
Less valuation allowance		(39,137)		(37,159)
Net deferred tax (liability) asset, included in other assets	$	(308)	$	2,171

As of December 31, 2014 the Company had a federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $60.1 million and state NOL carryforwards of $145.3 million which are available to be carried forward to future tax years. The federal loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2029 and the state NOLs will begin to expire in 2027 if not fully utilized.

The Company has approximately $4.0 million available to be utilized as of December 31, 2014 related to net operating loss carryovers from the acquisition of Knoblauch State Bank. The ability to utilize these carryovers will expire in 2015. The utilization of these losses is subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has capital loss carryforwards of approximately $5.1 million and charitable contribution carryovers of $47,000 which will begin to expire as of December 31, 2015 if not utilized. The Company also has general business tax credit carryovers of $1,000 that will begin to expire as of December 31, 2030 if not utilized and AMT tax credits of $282,000 that has an indefinite life.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for tax credits. The deferred tax assets/(liabilities), net of valuation allowances, totaled $(308,000) and $2.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Management evaluated the deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach which considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including historical profitability and projections of future reversals of temporary differences and future taxable income. The Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income or shareholders' equity if management determines, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company estimates future taxable income based on management approved business plans and ongoing tax planning strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period based on changes in tax laws or variances between projected operating performance, actual results and other factors.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in a cumulative book loss position for the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. For purposes of establishing a deferred tax asset valuation allowance, this cumulative book loss position is considered significant objective evidence that the Company may not be able to realize some portion of the deferred tax assets in the future.

As of December 31, 2014, and 2013, management concluded that it was more likely than not that the Company would not generate sufficient future taxable income to realize all of the deferred tax assets. Management’s conclusion was based on consideration of the relative weight of the available evidence and the uncertainty of future market conditions on results of operations.

Note 13.FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

The contract amounts are as follows:


	December 31,		December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
Open-end lines of credit	$	48,929	$	21,182
Commitments to extend credit		6,430		200
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written		371		2,679

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may

Table of Contents

require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, and others are for staged construction, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent immediate cash requirements.

The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include personal or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions. Most guarantees extend for one year and expire in decreasing amounts through October 2015. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds personal or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The extent of collateral held for those commitments is approximately 75%.

NOTE 14 – LEGAL CONTINGENCIES

Royal Bank had a 60% equity interest in each of CSC and RTL. CSC and RTL acquired, through public auction, delinquent tax liens in various jurisdictions thereby assuming a superior lien position to most other lien holders, including mortgage lien holders. In 2012, the former President of CSC and RTL, CSC, RTL and the Company were named defendants, among others, in a Consolidated Master Class Action Complaint (the “Complaint”) filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey (“Court”) on behalf of a proposed class of taxpayers who became delinquent in paying their municipal tax obligations. The Complaint alleged a conspiracy to rig bids in municipal tax lien auctions.

Note 15.Shareholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

On February 20, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) established by the Treasury, the Company issued to Treasury 30,407 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, without par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. In conjunction with the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock, Treasury received a warrant to purchase 1,104,370 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. The aggregate purchase price for the Series A Preferred Stock and warrant was $30.4 million in cash. The Series A Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and originally paid cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum. In February 2014, the cumulative dividend rate on the Series A Preferred Stock increased to 9% per annum. The Series A Preferred Stock may generally be redeemed by the Company at any time following consultation with its primary banking regulators. The warrant issued to Treasury has a 10-year term and is immediately exercisable upon its issuance, with an exercise price, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, equal to $4.13 per share of the common stock. As a result of the shareholders’ right offering described below, the number of warrants to purchase the Company’s Class A common stock adjusted to 1,368,040 and the warrant exercise price decreased to $3.33 per share of the common stock.

The Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank to bid up to $14.0 million, which was raised in a private placement, to purchase shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in an auction of such shares to be conducted by the Treasury. The auction closed on June 19, 2014. The Series A Preferred Stock was priced in the auction at $1,207.11 per share for

Table of Contents

all 30,407 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. The Company was allocated 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for repurchase at the clearing price of $1,207.11. Closing for the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock by the Treasury, including the repurchase of 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock by the Company occurred, on July 2, 2014. As part of this redemption, the Company eliminated nearly $3.5 million in preferred dividend in arrears.

Common Stock

The Company’s Class A common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol RBPAA. There is no market for the Company’s Class B common stock. The Class B shares may not be transferred in any manner except to the holder’s immediate family. Class B shares may be converted to Class A shares at the rate of 1.15 to 1. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each Class A share and ten votes for each Class B share held. Holders of either class of common stock are entitled to conversion equivalent per share dividends when declared.

To fund the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock, described above, the Company sold 11,666,667 shares of its Class A common stock in a private placement transaction at a price of $1.20 per share. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2014, the Company conducted a shareholder rights offering to existing shareholders to limit their ownership dilution from the sale of Class A common stock to the other investors in the private placement. The Company issued 4,999,896 shares and received gross proceeds of approximately $6.0 million. The private placement and the shareholders rights offering combined to increase tangible common equity by nearly $18.0 million.

Payment of Dividends

Under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, the Company may pay dividends only if it is solvent and would not be rendered insolvent by the dividend payment. There are also restrictions set forth in the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 (the “Code”) and in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) affecting the payment of dividends to the Company by Royal Bank. Under the Code, no dividends may be paid by a bank except from “accumulated net earnings” (generally retained earnings). In addition, dividends paid by Royal Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause Royal Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

In 2009, the Company suspended the regular quarterly cash dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. The Company’s Board took this action in consultation with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia as required by regulatory policy guidance. In February 2014, the preferred cumulative dividend rate prospectively increased to 9% per annum. As a result of the Company’s repurchase of 11,551 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, approximately $3.5 million of the Series A Preferred stock dividend in arrears was eliminated. As of December 31, 2014, the Series A Preferred stock dividend in arrears was approximately $6.6 million and has not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. In the event the Company declared the preferred dividend the Company’s capital ratios would be negatively affected; however, they would remain above the required minimum ratios. Under the Federal Reserve MOU as described in “Note 2 — Regulatory Matters and Significant Risks or Uncertainties” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

4. Change in Noncontrolling Interest

As mentioned in “Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Royal Bank had a 60% ownership interest in CSC and RTL. Effective December 31, 2013, Royal Bank agreed to a $1.25 million cash settlement with the former President of CSC and RTL, in which Royal Bank acquired his 40% ownership interest in RTL for $850,000. The former President also relinquished his 20% ownership interest in CSC to Royal Bank. The combined value of the ownership interests was $2.6 million. The settlement resulted in a $1.5 million gain for Royal Bank which was recorded as an increase to Additional Paid in Capital within Stockholders Equity. As part of the cash settlement Royal Bank agreed to pay $400,000 for prior tax distributions. Additionally, the settlement agreement also provided for a possible tax payment upon completion of the 2013 Forms K-1. The additional tax payment of $28,000 was made in 2014. The Company does not anticipate future payments to the former President of CSC and RTL. Effective, December 31, 2013, Royal Bank is an 80% owner of CSC and 100% owner of RTL.

Table of Contents

Note 16.Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and Royal Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Royal Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. As of December 31, 2014, the Company and Royal Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject and Royal Bank met the criteria for a well-capitalized institution.

In connection with a prior bank regulatory examination, the FDIC concluded, based upon its interpretation of the Call Report instructions and under RAP, that income from Royal Bank’s tax lien business should be recognized on a cash basis, not an accrual basis. Royal Bank’s current accrual method is in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Royal Bank disagrees with the FDIC’s conclusion and filed the Call Report for December 31, 2014 and the previous 17 quarters in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The change in the method of revenue recognition for the tax lien business for regulatory accounting purposes affects Royal Bank’s and the Company’s capital ratios as shown below. The resolution of this matter will be decided by additional joint regulatory agency guidance which includes the Federal Reserve Bank, the FDIC, and the OCC.

The table below sets forth Royal Bank’s capital ratios under RAP based on the FDIC’s interpretation of the Call Report instructions:


	Actual				For capital adequacy purposes				To be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provision
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
At December 31, 2014	$	78,582	15.89	%	$	39,573	8.00	%	$	49,466	10.00	%
At December 31, 2013	$	71,417	15.61	%	$	36,590	8.00	%	$	45,737	10.00	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
At December 31, 2014	$	72,330	14.62	%	$	19,787	4.00	%	$	29,680	6.00	%
At December 31, 2013	$	65,602	14.34	%	$	18,295	4.00	%	$	27,442	6.00	%
Tier I capital (to average assets, leverage)
At December 31, 2014	$	72,330	10.12	%	$	28,585	4.00	%	$	35,731	5.00	%
At December 31, 2013	$	65,602	9.13	%	$	28,739	4.00	%	$	35,924	5.00	%

The tables below reflect the adjustments to the net income as well as the capital ratios for Royal Bank under U.S. GAAP:


	For the year ended		For the year ended
(In thousands)	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
RAP net income (loss)	$	1,924	$	(139)
Tax lien adjustment, net of noncontrolling interest		3,170		2,844
U.S. GAAP net income	$	5,094	$	2,705

Table of Contents


	At December 31, 2014				At December 31, 2013
	As reported		As adjusted		As reported		As adjusted
	under RAP		for U.S. GAAP		under RAP		for U.S. GAAP
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	15.89	%	16.44	%	15.61	%	16.49	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)	14.62	%	15.17	%	14.34	%	15.22	%
Tier I capital (to average assets, leverage)	10.12	%	10.52	%	9.13	%	9.73	%

The tables below reflect the Company’s capital ratios:


	Actual				For capital adequacy purposes				To be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provision
(Dollars in thousands)	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
At December 31, 2014	$	95,944	19.20	%	$	39,986	8.00	%		N/A	N/A
At December 31, 2013	$	84,384	18.09	%	$	37,315	8.00	%		N/A	N/A
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
At December 31, 2014	$	86,329	17.27	%	$	19,993	4.00	%		N/A	N/A
At December 31, 2013	$	71,432	15.31	%	$	18,658	4.00	%		N/A	N/A
Tier I capital (to average assets, leverage)
At December 31, 2014	$	86,329	11.88	%	$	29,056	4.00	%		N/A	N/A
At December 31, 2013	$	71,432	9.79	%	$	29,178	4.00	%		N/A	N/A


	For the year ended		For the year ended
(In thousands)	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
U.S. GAAP net income	$	5,110	$	2,109
Tax lien adjustment, net of noncontrolling interest		(3,170)		(2,844)
RAP net income (loss)	$	1,940	$	(735)


	At December 31, 2014				At December 31, 2013
	As reported under U.S. GAAP		As adjusted for RAP		As reported under U.S. GAAP		As adjusted for RAP
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	19.20	%	18.67	%	18.09	%	17.24	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)	17.27	%	16.74	%	15.31	%	14.10	%
Tier I capital (to average assets, leverage)	11.88	%	11.49	%	9.79	%	8.98	%

Note 17.Pension Plan

The following table sets forth the Company’s pension plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets:

Table of Contents


	For the years ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	14,488	$	16,897
Service cost		64		81
Interest cost		538		623
Benefits paid		(967)		(981)
Actuarial (gain) loss		1,315		(2,132)
Benefits obligation at end of year	$	15,438	$	14,488
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Unrecognized prior service cost		90		179
Unrecognized actuarial loss		3,935		2,750
AOCI related to pension plan	$	4,025	$	2,929

The Company plans to fund the pension plan obligations through existing Company owned life insurance policies. The accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $15.3 million and $14.5 million, respectively.

The table below reflects the assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations:


	As of December 31,
	2014		2013
Discount rate	3.52	%	4.37	%
Rate of compensation increase	4.00	%	4.00	%

The table below reflects the assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost:


	As of December 31,
	2014		2013
Discount rate	3.52	%	4.37	%
Rate of compensation increase	4.00	%	4.00	%

Net periodic defined benefit pension expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 included the following components:


	Year ended
	December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Service cost	$	64	$	81
Interest cost		538		623
Amortization of prior service cost		90		90
Amortization of actuarial loss		128		238
Net periodic benefit cost	$	820	$	1,032

Table of Contents

Benefit payments to be made from the Non-qualified Pension Plan are as follows:


		As of December 31, 2014
		Non-Qualified
(In thousands)		Pension Plans
2015	$	977
2016		1,015
2017		1,015
2018		1,015
2019		1,028
Next five years thereafter		5,728

Benefit payments are expected to be made from insurance policies owned by the Company. The cash surrender value for these policies was approximately $3.6 million and $3.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a capital accumulation and salary reduction plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under the plan, all employees are eligible to contribute up to the maximum allowed by IRS regulation, with the Company matching dollar for dollar of any contribution up to 5%, which is subject to a $2,500 per employee annual limit. During 2014, the Company reinstated the 401(k) matching contribution and recorded an expense of $148,000. For 2013, no matching contribution was made.

NOTE 18. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

The Company recognized compensation expense for stock options in the amounts of $17,000 and $22,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company granted 52,500 and 15,000 options to purchase common stock in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Outside Directors’ Stock Option Plan

The Company had a non-qualified outside Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”) which expired in 2006. At December 31, 2014 all outstanding shares are fully vested (exercisable). The ability to grant new options under this plan has expired.

Table of Contents

A summary of the Directors’ Plan activity is presented below:


	2014						2013
			Weighted	Weighted		(1)			Weighted
			Average	Average		Average			Average
			Exercise	Remaining		Intrinsic			Exercise
	Options		Price	Term (yrs)		Value	Options		Price
Options outstanding at beginning of year	25,670	$	22.00	1.5			58,306	$	21.15
Forfeited	(4,756)		21.81				(24,286)		21.24
Expired	(8,190)		22.38				(8,350)		18.27
Options outstanding at the end of the year	12,724	$	21.83	0.9	$	—	25,670	$	22.00
Options exercisable at the end of the year	12,724	$	21.83	0.9	$	—	25,670	$	22.00

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received by the option holders had they exercised their options on December 31, 2014. The intrinsic value varies based on the changes in the market value in the Company’s stock. Because the exercise price exceeded the market value of the options, the average intrinsic value was $0 at December 31, 2014.

Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2014 is as follows:


					Options outstanding and exercisable
						Weighted		Weighted
						Average		Average
Range of					Number	Exercise		Remaining
exercise prices					Outstanding	Price		Term (yrs)
$	21.00	-	$	23.00	12,724	$	21.83	0.9
					12,724	$	21.83	0.9

2. Employee Stock Option and Appreciation Right Plan

The Company had a Stock Option and Appreciation Right Plan (the “Plan”) which expired in 2006. At December 31, 2014 all outstanding shares are fully vested (exercisable). The ability to grant new options under this plan has expired.

A summary of the Plan activity is presented below:

Table of Contents


	2014						2013
			Weighted	Weighted		(1)			Weighted
			Average	Average		Average			Average
			Exercise	Remaining		Intrinsic			Exercise
	Options		Price	Term (yrs)		Value	Options		Price
Options outstanding at beginning of year	82,780	$	22.06	1.1			217,561	$	21.50
Forfeited	(13,309)		21.89				(119,137)		21.53
Expired	(33,859)		22.38				(15,644)		18.27
Options outstanding at the end of the year	35,612	$	21.82	1.0	$	—	82,780	$	22.06
Options exercisable at the end of the year	35,612	$	21.82	1.0	$	—	82,780	$	22.06

Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2014 is as follows:


					Options outstanding and exercisable
						Weighted		Weighted
						Average		Average
Range of					Number	Exercise		Remaining
exercise prices					Outstanding	Price		Term (yrs)
$	21.00	-	$	23.00	35,612	$	21.82	1.0
					35,612	$	21.82	1.0

Long-Term Incentive Plan

The 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTI Plan”) was approved by Shareholders at the May 16, 2007 Annual Meeting. The LTI Plan consists of both a restricted and an unrestricted stock option plan. All employees and non-employee directors of the Company and its designated subsidiaries are eligible participants. The LTI Plan includes one million shares of Class A common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, or approximately 4.0% of the total outstanding shares of the Class A common stock.

As of December 31, 2014, 869,291 shares in the unrestricted plan are available for future grants. The option price is equal to the fair market value at the date of the grant. The employee options are exercisable based on the grant’s vesting schedule beginning one year after the date of grant and must be exercised within ten years of the grant date. Directors’ options are exercisable on the one year anniversary of the date of grant and must be exercised within ten years of the grant date. During 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $17,000 and $22,000, respectively, in compensation expense for stock options. Approximately, $53,000 remained to be recognized in compensation expense over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years.

Table of Contents

The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the options granted during 2014 and 2013:


	2014		2013
Weighted average risk-free interest rate	2.26	%	1.63	%
Weighted average volatility	85.29	%	94.00	%
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%
Weighted average expected life	5.0 years		5.0 years

A summary of the status of the unrestricted portion of the LTI Plan is presented below:


	2014						2013
			Weighted	Weighted		(1)			Weighted
			Average	Average		Average			Average
			Exercise	Remaining		Intrinsic			Exercise
	Options		Price	Term (yrs)		Value	Options		Price
Options outstanding at beginning of year	89,386	$	7.95	4.9			86,226	$	9.22
Granted	52,500		2.05				15,000		1.36
Forfeited	(11,177)		7.81				(11,840)		8.83
Options outstanding at the end of the year	130,709	$	5.60	6.4	$	—	89,386	$	7.95
Options exercisable at the end of the year	68,209	$	8.94	3.7	$	—	74,386	$	9.28

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year		$	1.39					$	0.98

(1)

The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received by the option holders had they exercised their options on December 31, 2014. The intrinsic value varies based on the changes in the market value in the Company’s stock. Because the exercise price exceeded the market value of the options, the average intrinsic value was $0 at December 31, 2014.

Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2014 is as follows:


					Options issued and outstanding
						Weighted		Weighted
						Average		Average
Range of					Number	Exercise		Remaining
exercise prices					Outstanding	Price		Term (yrs)
$	1.00	-	$	4.00	67,500	$	1.90	9.3
$	4.01	-	$	10.00	42,750		4.50	3.8
$	10.01	-	$	23.00	20,459		20.08	2.6
					130,709	$	5.60	6.4

Table of Contents

The following table provides detail for non-vested shares under the LTI Plan as of December 31, 2014:


			Weighted
			Average
			Exercise
	Options		Price
Non-vested options December 31, 2013	15,000	$	1.36
Granted	52,500		2.05
Vested	(5,000)		1.36
Non-vested options December 31, 2014	62,500	$	1.94

Under the aforementioned LTI Plan, the Company is authorized to grant share-based incentive compensation awards for corporate performance to employees. These awards may be granted in form of shares of the Company’s common stock, performance-restricted restricted stock. The vesting of awards is contingent upon meeting certain return on asset and return on equity goals. The awards are not permitted to be transferred during the restricted time period from the date of the award and are subject to forfeiture to the extent that the performance restrictions are not satisfied. Awards are also forfeited if the employee terminates his or her service prior to the end of the restricted time period, unless such termination is in accordance with the Company’s mandatory retirement age. Vested awards are converted to shares of the Company’s common stock at the end of the restricted time period. The fair market value of each employee based award is estimated based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant and probable performance goals to be achieved and estimated forfeitures. If such goals are not met then no compensation cost would be recognized and any recognized compensation cost would be reversed. There were no shares of restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2014.

Note 19. Earnings Per Common Share

The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC Topic 260”). Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. The Company has two classes of common stock currently outstanding. The classes are A and B, of which one share of Class B is convertible into 1.15 shares of Class A. Diluted EPS takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock using the treasury stock method. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, 170,239 and 197,836 options to purchase shares of common stock, respectively, were anti-dilutive in the computation of diluted EPS, as the exercise price exceeded average market price in each of those periods. Additionally warrants to purchase 1,368,040 shares of Class A common stock were also anti-dilutive.

Basic and diluted EPS are calculated as follows:


	Year ended December 31, 2014
	Income		Average shares	Per share
(In thousands, except for per share data)	(numerator)		(denominator)	Amount
Basic EPS
Income available to common shareholders	$	3,032	21,062	$	0.14

Diluted EPS
Income available to common shareholders	$	3,032	21,070	$	0.14

Table of Contents


	Year ended December 31, 2013
	Income		Average shares	Per share
(In thousands, except for per share data)	(numerator)		(denominator)	Amount
Basic and Diluted EPS
Loss available to common shareholders	$	34	13,279	$	0.00

Note 20. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

FASB ASC Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income” (“ASC Topic 220”), requires the reporting of all changes in equity during the reporting period except investments from and distributions to shareholders. Net income (loss) is a component of comprehensive income (loss) with all other components referred to in the aggregate as other comprehensive income. Unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities is an example of another comprehensive income (loss) component.


	Year ended December 31, 2014
			Tax
	Before tax		expense		Net of tax
(In thousands)	amount		(benefit)		amount
Unrealized gains on investment securities:
Unrealized holding gains arising during period	$	7,733	$	2,598	$	5,135
Less adjustment for impaired investments		(41)		(14)		(27)
Less reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net income		377		128		249
Unrealized gains on investment securities		7,397		2,484		4,913
Unrecognized benefit obligation expense:
Actuarial loss		(1,314)		—		(1,314)
Less reclassification adjustment for amortization		(218)		—		(218)
Unrecognized benefit obligation		(1,096)		—		(1,096)
Unrealized loss on derivative instrument		(187)		—		(187)
Other comprehensive income, net	$	6,114	$	2,484	$	3,630

100

Table of Contents


	Year ended December 31, 2013
			Tax
	Before tax		expense		Net of tax
(In thousands)	amount		(benefit)		amount
Unrealized losses on investment securities:
Unrealized holding losses arising during period	$	(10,291)	$	(3,572)	$	(6,719)
Less reclassification adjustment for gains
realized in net loss		158		54		104
Unrealized losses on investment securities		(10,449)		(3,626)		(6,823)
Unrecognized benefit obligation expense:
Actuarial gain		950		323		627
Less reclassification adjustment for amortization		(328)		(112)		(216)
Other comprehensive loss, net	$	(9,171)	$	(3,191)	$	(5,980)

The other components of accumulated other comprehensive loss included in shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

0f
	As of December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Unrecognized benefit obligation	$	(4,025)	$	(2,929)
Unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investments		1,720		(3,193)
Unrealized loss on derivative instrument		(187)		-
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(2,492)	$	(6,122)

Note 21.Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Under FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC Topic 820”), fair values are based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When available, management uses quoted market prices to determine fair value. If quoted prices are not available, fair value is based upon valuation techniques such as matrix pricing or other models that use, where possible, current market-based or independently sourced market parameters, such as interest rates. If observable market-based inputs are not available, the Company uses unobservable inputs to determine appropriate valuation adjustments using discounted cash flow methodologies.

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective period end and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each period-end.

ASC Topic 820 provides guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly declined and for identifying circumstances when a transaction is not orderly. ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation methods used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC Topic 820 are as follows:

101

Table of Contents


Level 1:	Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2:	Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 includes debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently then exchange-traded instruments. Valuation techniques include matrix pricing which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices.

Level 3:	Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no market activity).

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company did not have transfers of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Items Measured on a Recurring Basis

The Company’s available for sale investment securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Fair value for Level 1 securities are determined by obtaining quoted market prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges. Level 1 securities include common stocks.

Level 2 securities include obligations of U.S. government-sponsored agencies and debt securities with quoted prices, which are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments, whose value is determined using matrix pricing with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. The prices were obtained from third party vendors. This category generally includes the Company’s mortgage-backed securities and CMOs issued by U.S. government and government-sponsored agencies, non-agency CMOs, and corporate and municipal bonds. Additionally, Level 2 includes derivative instruments whose valuations are based on observable market data.

Level 3 securities include investments in seven private equity funds which are predominantly invested in real estate. The value of the private equity funds are derived from the funds’ financials and K-1 filings. The Company also reviews the funds’ asset values and its near-term projections.

102

Table of Contents

For financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:


	Fair Value Measurements Using:
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
As of December 31, 2014	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
(In thousands)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value
Assets:
Investment securities available for sale
U.S. government agencies	$	—	$	25,289	$	—	$	25,289
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		—		22,387		—		22,387
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		—		168,977		—		168,977
Non-agency		—		3,731		—		3,731
Corporate bonds		—		15,727		—		15,727
Municipal bonds		—		10,173		—		10,173
Other securities		—		—		4,034		4,034
Common stocks		50		—		—		50
Total investment securities available for sale	$	50	$	246,284	$	4,034	$	250,368
Liabilities:
Derivative instruments
Interest rate swaps	$	—	$	187	$	—	$	187

103

Table of Contents


	Fair Value Measurements Using:
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
As of December 31, 2013	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
(In thousands)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value
Investment securities available for sale
U.S. government agencies	$	—	$	62,036	$	—	$	62,036
Mortgage-backed securities-residential		—		32,097		—		32,097
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
Issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies		—		189,103		—		189,103
Non-agency		—		4,479		—		4,479
Corporate bonds		—		9,438		—		9,438
Municipal bonds		—		6,900		—		6,900
Other securities		—		—		4,625		4,625
Common stocks		49		—		—		49
Total investment securities available for sale	$	49	$	304,053	$	4,625	$	308,727

The following tables present additional information about assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:


(In thousands)	Other securities
Investment Securities Available for Sale	2014		2013
Beginning balance January 1,	$	4,625	$	4,164
Total gains/(losses) - (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings		255		94
Included in other comprehensive income		88		850
Purchases		14		70
Sales and calls		(948)		(553)
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3		—		—
Ending balance December 31,	$	4,034	$	4,625

Items Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis

Non-accrual loans and TDRs are evaluated for impairment on an individual basis under FASB ASC Topic 310 “Receivables”. The impairment analysis includes current collateral values, known relevant factors that may affect loan collectability, and risks inherent in different kinds of lending. When the collateral value or discounted cash flows less costs to sell is less than the carrying value of the loan a specific reserve (valuation allowance) is established. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. OREO is carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the real estate. Additionally, for collateral acquired from tax liens, fair value may be established using brokers opinions due to their lower carrying value. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.

104

Table of Contents

For financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:

Fair Value Measurements Using:

Quoted Prices

in Active

Significant

Markets for

Other

Significant

Identical

Observable

Unobservable

As of December 31, 2014

Assets

Inputs

(In thousands)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Fair Value

Assets

Impaired loans and leases

—

2,812

Other real estate owned

—

3,418


	Fair Value Measurements Using:
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
As of December 31, 2013	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
(In thousands)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Fair Value
Assets
Impaired loans and leases	$	—	$	—	$	4,073	$	4,073
Other real estate owned		—		—		9,182		9,182
Loans and leases held for sale		—		—		1,446		1,446

The following tables present additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:


	Qualitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
As of December 31, 2014			Valuation		Range
(In thousands)	Fair Value		Techniques	Unobservable Input	(Weighted Average)
Impaired loans and leases	$	2,812	Appraisal of	Appraisal adjustments	0.0%	-	-20.0%	(-20.0%)
			collateral (1)	Liquidation expenses	0.0%	-	-24.0%	(-7.8%)

Other real estate owned		3,418	Appraisal of	Appraisal adjustments	0.0%	-	-68.6%	(-14.5%)
			collateral (1)	Liquidation expenses			-14.7%	(-14.7%)

105

Table of Contents


	Qualitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
As of December 31, 2013			Valuation		Range
(In thousands)	Fair Value		Techniques	Unobservable Input	(Weighted Average)
Impaired loans and leases	$	4,073	Appraisal of	Appraisal adjustments	0.0%	-	-25.0%	(-2.0%)
			collateral (1)	Liquidation expenses	0.0%	-	-23.2%	(-6.7%)

Other real estate owned		9,182	Appraisal of	Appraisal adjustments	0.0%	-	-62.5%	(-11.2%)
			collateral (1)	Liquidation expenses	-2.8%	-	-6.8%	(-5.0%)

Loans and leases held for sale		1,446	Appraisal of	Agreement of sale			0.0%
			collateral (1)

(1)

Appraisals may be adjusted for qualitative factors such as interior condition of the property and liquidation expenses.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial instruments that are measured on a recurring or nonrecurring basis are discussed above.

Cash and cash equivalents (carried at cost):

The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and short-term instruments approximate those assets’ fair values.

Securities:

Management uses quoted market prices to determine fair value of securities (level 1). If quoted prices are not available, fair value is based upon valuation techniques such as matrix pricing or other models that use, where possible, current market-based or independently sourced market parameters, such as interest rates (level 2). If observable market-based inputs are not available, the Company uses unobservable inputs to determine appropriate valuation adjustments by reviewing the private equities funds’ financials and K-1 filings (level 3).

Other Investment (carried at cost):

This investment includes the Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund, which the Company invested in to partially satisfy its community reinvestment requirement. Shares in this fund are not publicly traded and therefore have no readily determinable fair market value. An investor can have their investment in the Fund redeemed for the balance of their capital account at any quarter end with 60 days notice to the Fund. The investment in this Fund is recorded at cost. The Company does not record this investment at fair value on a recurring basis, as this investment’s carrying amount approximates fair value.

Restricted investment in bank stock (carried at cost):

The carrying amount of restricted investment in bank stock approximates fair value, and considers the limited marketability of such securities.

Loans held for sale (carried at lower of cost or fair value):

The fair values of loans held for sale are based upon appraised values of the collateral less costs to sell, management’s estimation of the value of the collateral or expected net sales proceeds. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.

106

Table of Contents

Loans receivable (carried at cost):

The fair values of loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market rates at the balance sheet date that reflect the credit and interest rate-risk inherent in the loans. Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity or call dates, projected repayments and prepayments of principal. Generally, for variable rate loans that re-price frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.

Impaired loans (generally carried at fair value):

Impaired loans are accounted for under ASC Topic 310. Impaired loans are those in which the Company has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows based on the expected proceeds. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.

Accrued interest receivable and payable (carried at cost):

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

Deposit liabilities (carried at cost):

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Short-term borrowings (carried at cost):

The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

Long-term debt (carried at cost):

Fair values of FHLB advances and other long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices for new FHLB advances with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity. These prices obtained from this active market represent a market value that is deemed to represent the transfer price if the liability were assumed by a third party.

Subordinated debt (carried at cost):

Fair values of junior subordinated debt are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on market rates currently offered on such debt with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.

Derivative instruments:

The Company has contracted with a third party vendor to provide periodic valuations for its interest rate derivatives to determine the fair value of its interest rate swaps. The vendor utilizes standard valuation methodologies applicable to interest rate derivatives such as discounted cash flow analysis and extensions of the Black-Scholes model. Such valuations are based upon readily observable market data and are therefore considered Level 2 valuations by the Company.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments (disclosed at cost):

Fair values for the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, taking into account, the remaining terms of

107

Table of Contents

the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. They are not shown in the table because the amounts are immaterial.

The tables below indicate the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.


					Fair Value Measurements
					At December 31, 2014
					Quoted Prices
					in Active		Significant
					Markets for		Other		Significant
					Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Carrying		Estimated		Assets		Inputs		Inputs
(In thousands)	amount		fair value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	30,790	$	30,790	$	30,790	$	—	$	—
Investment securities available for sale		250,368		250,368		50		246,284		4,034
Other investment		2,250		2,250		—		—		2,250
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		2,622		2,622		—		—		2,622
Loans, net		403,424		400,979		—		—		400,979
Accrued interest receivable		5,270		5,270		—		5,270		—
Financial Liabilities:
Demand deposits		73,665		73,665		—		73,665		—
NOW and money markets		212,739		212,739		—		212,739		—
Savings		18,721		18,721		—		18,721		—
Time deposits		225,300		223,788		—		223,788		—
Long-term borrowings		92,426		90,022		—		90,022		—
Subordinated debt		25,774		25,091		—		25,091		—
Accrued interest payable		726		726		—		726		—
Derivative Instruments:
Interest rate swaps		187		187		—		187		—

108

Table of Contents


					Fair Value Measurements
					At December 31, 2013
					Quoted Prices
					in Active		Significant
					Markets for		Other		Significant
					Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Carrying		Estimated		Assets		Inputs		Inputs
(In thousands)	amount		fair value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	16,844	$	16,844	$	16,844	$	—	$	—
Investment securities available for sale		308,727		308,727		49		304,053		4,625
Other investment		2,250		2,250		—		—		2,250
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		4,204		4,204		—		—		4,204
Loans held for sale		1,446		1,446		—		—		1,446
Loans, net		352,810		349,336		—		—		349,336
Accrued interest receivable		7,054		7,054		—		7,054		—
Financial Liabilities:
Demand deposits		60,473		60,473		—		60,473		—
NOW and money markets		210,053		210,053		—		210,053		—
Savings		17,593		17,593		—		17,593		—
Time deposits		240,845		239,102		—		239,102		—
Short-term borrowings		10,000		10,000		10,000		—		—
Long-term borrowings		97,881		94,896		—		94,896		—
Subordinated debt		25,774		26,000		—		26,000		—
Accrued interest payable		965		965		—		965		—

Limitations

The fair value estimates are made at a discrete point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments. Fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors.

These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Further, the foregoing estimates may not reflect the actual amount that could be realized if all or substantially all of the financial instruments were offered for sale. This is due to the fact that no market exists for a sizable portion of the loan, deposit and off balance sheet instruments.

In addition, the fair value estimates are based on existing on-and-off balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to value anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Other significant assets that are not considered financial assets include premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.

Finally, reasonable comparability between financial institutions may not be likely due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates which must be made given the absence of active secondary markets for many

109

Table of Contents

of the financial instruments. This lack of uniform valuation methodologies introduces a greater degree of subjectivity to these estimated fair values.

Note 22.Segment Information

FASB ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” (“ASC Topic 280”) established standards for public business enterprises to report information about operating segments in their annual financial statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in subsequent interim financial reports issued to shareholders. It also established standards for related disclosure about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are components of an enterprise, which are evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate and assess resources and performance. The Company’s chief operating decision makers are the CEO and the CFO. The Company has identified its reportable operating segments as “Community Banking” and “Tax Liens”.

Community banking

The Company’s community banking segment which includes Royal Bank consists of commercial and retail banking and equipment leasing. The community banking business segment is managed as a single strategic unit which generates revenue from a variety of products and services provided by Royal Bank and Royal Bank Leasing. For example, commercial lending is dependent upon the ability of Royal Bank to fund cash needed to make loans with retail deposits and other borrowings and to manage interest rate and credit risk.

Tax liens

At December 31, 2014, Royal Bank’s tax liens segment includes its 80% and 100% ownership interest in CSC and RTL, respectively. Prior to December 31, 2013, Royal Bank’s ownership interest in CSC and RTL was 60%. The Company’s tax liens segment consisted of purchasing delinquent tax certificates from local municipalities at auction and then processing those liens to either encourage the property holder to pay off the lien, or to foreclose and sell the property. The tax liens segment earns income based on interest rates (determined at auction) and penalties assigned by the municipality along with gains on sale of foreclosed properties. CSC is liquidating its assets under an orderly, long term plan. RTL ceased acquiring tax certificates at public auctions in 2010.

110

Table of Contents

The following table presents selected financial information for reportable business segments for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.


	Year ended December 31, 2014
	Community
(In thousands)	Banking		Tax Liens		Consolidated
Total assets	$	712,508	$	20,045	$	732,553
Total deposits	$	530,425	$	—	$	530,425

Interest income	$	27,484	$	1,300	$	28,784
Interest expense		5,401		1,083		6,484
Net interest income	$	22,083	$	217	$	22,300
(Credit) provision for loan and lease losses		(1,328)		461		(867)
Total non-interest income		2,639		896		3,535
Total non-interest expense		19,785		2,079		21,864
Income tax benefit		(654)		—		(654)
Net income (loss)	$	6,919	$	(1,427)	$	5,492
Noncontrolling interest	$	548	$	(166)	$	382
Net income (loss) attributable to Royal Bancshares	$	6,371	$	(1,261)	$	5,110


	Year ended December 31, 2013
	Community
(In thousands)	Banking		Tax Liens		Consolidated
Total assets	$	706,026	$	26,228	$	732,254
Total deposits	$	528,964	$	—	$	528,964

Interest income	$	25,097	$	2,427	$	27,524
Interest expense		5,899		1,458		7,357
Net interest income	$	19,198	$	969	$	20,167
(Credit) provision for loan and lease losses		(1,459)		587		(872)
Total non-interest income		5,476		1,388		6,864
Total non-interest expense		21,959		4,371		26,330
Income tax expense		42		—		42
Net income (loss)	$	4,132	$	(2,601)	$	1,531
Noncontrolling interest	$	462	$	(1,040)	$	(578)
Net income (loss) attributable to Royal Bancshares	$	3,670	$	(1,561)	$	2,109

Interest income earned by the community banking segment related to the tax liens segment was approximately $1.1 million and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

111

Table of Contents

NOTE 23. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION - PARENT COMPANY ONLY

Condensed financial information for the parent company only follows.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS


	As of December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Assets
Cash	$	6,260	$	1,333
Investment in non-bank subsidiaries		31,027		29,795
Investment in Royal Bank		50,834		42,165
Other assets		10		15
Total assets	$	88,131	$	73,308
Subordinated debentures		25,774		25,774
Other liabilities		138		—
Stockholders' equity		62,219		47,534
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	88,131	$	73,308

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


	For the years ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Income
Other income	$	19	$	25
Total Income		19		25
Expenses
Other expenses		281		499
Interest on subordinated debentures		623		809
Total Expenses		904		1,308

Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed net loss		(885)		(1,283)
Equity in undistributed net income		5,995		3,392
Net income	$	5,110	$	2,109

112

Table of Contents

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


	For the years ended December 31,
(In thousands)	2014		2013
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	5,110	$	2,109
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Undistributed losses from subsidiaries		(5,995)		(3,392)
Interest on subordinated debentures		(623)		(2,419)
Net cash used in operating activities		(1,508)		(3,702)
Net cash provided by investing activities		—		—
Cash flows from financing activities
Issuance of common stock		19,794		—
Redemption of preferred stock		(13,943)		—
Other, net		584		296
Net cash provided by financing activities		6,435		296
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		4,927		(3,406)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		1,333		4,739
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	6,260	$	1,333

113

Table of Contents

NOTE 24. SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

The following summarizes the consolidated results of operations during 2014 and 2013, on a quarterly basis, for the Company:


	For the year ended December 31, 2014
(In thousands, except per share data)		Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter
Interest income	$	7,233	$	7,191	$	7,209	$	7,151
Interest expense		1,614		1,623		1,622		1,625
Net interest income		5,619		5,568		5,587		5,526
Credit for loan and lease losses		(102)		(51)		(75)		(639)
Net interest income after provision		5,721		5,619		5,662		6,165
Other income		743		1,204		816		772
Other expenses		6,136		5,375		5,031		5,322
Income before income tax		328		1,448		1,447		1,615
Income tax benefit		(654)		-		-		-
Net income	$	982	$	1,448	$	1,447	$	1,615
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		171		25		69		117
Net income attributable to Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc.	$	811	$	1,423	$	1,378	$	1,498
Net income available to common shareholders	$	378	$	1,271	$	549	$	834
Net income per common share
Basic and diluted	$	0.01	$	0.05	$	0.04	$	0.06

The sum of the 2014 quarterly amounts for basic and diluted earnings per share do not equal the total earnings per share for 2014 due to 16.7 million shares of common stock issued in the third quarter of 2014.

114

Table of Contents


		For the year ended December 31, 2013
(In thousands, except per share data)		Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter
Interest income	$	7,069	$	6,960	$	6,743	$	6,752
Interest expense		1,690		1,890		1,797		1,980
Net interest income		5,379		5,070		4,946		4,772
(Credit) provision for loan and lease losses		(676)		218		(163)		(251)
Net interest income after provision		6,055		4,852		5,109		5,023
Other income		2,558		1,937		961		1,408
Other expenses		6,333		6,290		7,567		6,140
Income (loss) before income tax		2,280		499		(1,497)		291
Income tax expense		42		-		-		-
Net income (loss)	$	2,238	$	499	$	(1,497)	$	291
Less net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest		(214)		157		(694)		173
Net income attributable to Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc.	$	2,452	$	342	$	(803)	$	118
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	1,930	$	(178)	$	(1,321)	$	(397)
Net income (loss) per common share
Basic and diluted	$	0.14	$	(0.01)	$	(0.10)	$	(0.03)

115

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation our CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2014. The CEO and CFO had concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2013 as a result of the material weakness relating to internal controls over financial reporting for income taxes described below.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the 2013 framework in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).

Based on its assessment under the COSO framework, the Company’s management concluded that the Company’s control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014. The Company’s management concluded that the Company’s control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2013. Management identified a material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting for income taxes. The Company’s procedures and controls related to financial reporting were not effective to ensure that amounts related to a net income tax receivable were accurate. The Company outsources to a third party CPA firm the preparation of annual tax returns. Specifically the Company did not have procedures in place to review the CPA firm’s supporting work papers, to reconcile tax payments made by the Company and refunds received from the IRS, and to reconcile the numerous amended tax returns for tax years 2005 through 2007. These amended returns were filed during the time period 2008 through 2011. In the fourth quarter of 2013, after an IRS joint committee closed their review of amended returns, management determined that a cumulative net income tax receivable, which had been created by carrying back net losses from 2008 through 2009, would not be realized.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. During 2014, the Company’s management, with the assistance of a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm, revised its accounting process related to income tax management and remediated the material weakness with respect to internal controls related to the accounting for income taxes.

There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any controls system. A controls system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives are met. Further, the design of a control

116

Table of Contents

system must reflect the fact that there are limits on resources, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs and their impact on the business model.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, which permits smaller reporting companies, such as the Company, to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required in this Item, relating to directors, executive officers, and control persons is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the captions “Information About Nominees, Continuing Directors and Executive Officers,” “ Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors,” and “Interests of Management and Others in Certain Transactions,” which pages are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item, relating to executive compensation, is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, under the captions “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards – 2014,” “Outstanding Equity Awards Table,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table,” “Retirement Plans,” “Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans,” “Other Potential Post-Employment Payments,” “Director Compensation Table,” “Outstanding Options Held by Directors,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, and “Compensation Committee Report,” which pages are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

The information required by this Item, relating to beneficial ownership of the Registrant’s Common Stock, is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, under the captions “Principal Shareholders” and “Information About Nominees, Continuing Directors and Executive Officers,” which pages are incorporated herein by reference.

117

Table of Contents

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following tables provide certain information regarding securities issued or issuable under the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2014:



Outside Director Stock Option Plan	Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights	Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for issuance under equity plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders	12,724	$	21.83	—
Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders	—		—	—
Total	12,724	$	21.83	—


Employee Stock Option Plan	Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights	Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for issuance under equity plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders	35,612	$	21.82	—
Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders	—		—	—
Total	35,612	$	21.82	—

118

Table of Contents


Long Term Incentive Plan	Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights	Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for issuance under equity plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders	130,709	$	5.60	869,291
Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders	—		—	—
Total	130,709	$	5.60	869,291

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item, relating to transactions with management and others, certain business relationships and indebtedness of management, is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, under the caption “Interests of Management and Others in Certain Transactions,” which pages are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Audit Committee Report” of the Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which pages are incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K


(a.)	1.	Financial Statements

		The following financial statements are included by reference in Part II, Item 8 hereof.
		Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
		Consolidated Balance Sheets.
		Consolidated Statements of Income.
		Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
		Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.
		Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
		Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

	2.	Financial Statement Schedules

		Financial Statement Schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, not required or is shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto.

119

Table of Contents


(b.)	The following Exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference as a part of this Annual Report.

	3.1	Articles of Incorporation of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013.)

	3.2	Bylaws of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.)

	4.1	Junior Subordinated Debt Security Due 2034 issued by Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. to JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Institutional Trustee, dated October 27, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.1) filed with the Commission on November 1, 2004.)

	4.2	Junior Subordinated Debt Security Due 2034 issued by Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. to JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Institutional Trustee, dated October 27, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.2) filed with the Commission on November 1, 2004.)

	4.3	Indenture by and between Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee, dated October 27, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 1, 2004.)

	4.4	Indenture by and between Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee, dated October 27, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 1, 2004.)

	4.5	Guarantee Agreement by and between Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Guarantee Trustee, dated October 27, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 1, 2004.)

	4.6	Guarantee Agreement by and between Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Guarantee Trustee, October 27, 2004. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 1, 2004.)

	10.1	Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement dated April 6, 2007.)*

	10.2	Letter Agreement, including Securities Purchase Agreement - Standard Terms, dated December 19, 2008, between Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 26, 2009.)

	10.3	Side Letter Agreement, dated February 20, 2009, between Royal Bancshares of Pennsylvania, Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 26, 2009.)

	10.4	Employment Agreement, dated March 4, 2015, between the Company, Royal Bank America and F. Kevin Tylus. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015.)*

	10.5	Change in Control Agreement between the Company, Royal Bank America and Michael S. Thompson dated March 10, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015.)*

	10.6	Change in Control Agreement between the Company, Royal Bank America and Lars Eller dated March 10, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015.)*

	10.7	Change in Control Agreement between the Company, Royal Bank America and Kathryn McDonald dated March 10, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015.)*

120

Table of Contents


	10.8	Change in Control Agreement between the Company, Royal Bank America and Mark Beidermann dated March 10, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015.)*

	10.9	Royal Bank America Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 13, 2009.)*

	10.10	SERP Participation Agreement, as amended — Robert Tabas. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 13, 2009.)*

	10.11	SERP Participation Agreement, as amended — Murray Stempel. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 13, 2009.)*

	11.	Statement re: Computation of Earnings Per Share. (Included at Item 8, hereof, Note 19, “Earnings Per Common Share”.)

	21.	Subsidiaries of Registrant.

	23.	Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

	31.1	Rule 13a-14(a)/15-d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer

	31.2	Rule 13a-14(a)/15-d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer

	32.1	Section 1350 Certification of Principal Executive Officer.

	32.2	Section 1350 Certification of Principal Financial Officer.

	99.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

	99.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

* Denotes compensation plan or arrangement.

121

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ROYAL BANCSHARES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC.


By: /s/ F. Kevin Tylus	By: /s/ Michael S. Thompson
F. Kevin Tylus	Michael S. Thompson
President and Chief Executive Officer	Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)	(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
March 26, 2015	March 26, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURES


By: /s/ Robert R. Tabas	By: /s/ F. Kevin Tylus
Robert R. Tabas	F. Kevin Tylus
Chairman of the Board	President and Chief Executive Officer/Director
March 26, 2015	March 26, 2015

By: /s/ Edward F. Bradley	By: /s/ William Hartman
Edward F. Bradley	William Hartman
Director	Lead Independent Director
March 26, 2015	March 26, 2015

By: /s/ Wayne R. Huey, Jr.	By: /s/ Michael Piracci
Wayne R. Huey, Jr	Michael Piracci
Director	Director
March 26, 2015	March 26, 2015

By: /s/ Linda Tabas Stempel	By: /s/ Murray Stempel, III
Linda Tabas Stempel	Murray Stempel, III
Director	Director
March 26, 2015	March 26, 2015

By: /s/ Gerard M. Thomchick	By: /s/ Howard Wurzak
Gerard M. Thomchick	Howard Wurzak
Director	Director
March 26, 2015	March 26, 2015

122

Table of Contents

123